*** empty log message ***

(print_entry): Use #if', not #ifdef HAVE_UT_HOST'.
2025-09-10 07:59:52 +02:00 · 1999-04-25 04:38:15 +00:00 · 1999-04-24 21:38:27 +00:00 · 1999-04-24 21:29:22 +00:00 · 1999-04-24 13:14:25 +00:00 · 1999-04-24 13:14:11 +00:00
728 changed files with 73842 additions and 30615 deletions
--- a/166
+++ b/166
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-Notes on the GNU Translation Project
-************************************
+Notes on the Free Translation Project
+*************************************

-   GNU is going international!  The GNU Translation Project is a way to
-get maintainers, translators, and users all together, so that GNU will
-gradually become able to speak many languages.  A few packages already
-provide translations for their messages.
+   Free software is going international!  The Free Translation Project
+is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
+together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
+A few packages already provide translations for their messages.

-   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a GNU distribution, you
-may assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext'
-internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you
-do *not* need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing
-or using this package with messages translated.
+   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
+assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
+itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you do *not*
+need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
+this package with messages translated.

   Installers will find here some useful hints.  These notes also
 explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
@@ -31,19 +31,23 @@ should configure it using
     ./configure --with-included-gettext

 to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
-package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in
-the operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, no
-prior implementation provides as many useful features (such as locale
-alias or message inheritance).  It is also not possible to offer this
-additional functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation.  Future
-versions of GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more
-functionality.  So it might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext'
-as soon as possible.
+package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
+operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, only
+the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
+many features (such as locale alias or message inheritance) as the
+implementation here.  It is also not possible to offer this additional
+functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation.  Future versions of
+GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more functionality.  So it
+might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
+
+   So you need not provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
+you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
+included `libintl'.

 INSTALL Matters
 ===============

-   Some GNU packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
+   Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
 programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
 Most such packages use GNU `gettext'.  Other packages have their own
 ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
@@ -113,21 +117,20 @@ shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'),
 can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all.

   An operating system might already offer message localization for
-many of its programs, while other programs (whether GNU or not) have
-been installed locally with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'.
-Just using `gettext' extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper
-localization of already available operating system programs.  In this
-case, users should set both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their
-environment, as programs using GNU `gettext' give preference to
-`LANGUAGE'.  For example, some Swedish users would rather read
-translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available.
-This is easily accomplished by setting `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while
-leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
+many of its programs, while other programs have been installed locally
+with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'.  Just using `gettext'
+extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper localization of already
+available operating system programs.  In this case, users should set
+both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their environment, as programs
+using GNU `gettext' give preference to `LANGUAGE'.  For example, some
+Swedish users would rather read translations in German than English for
+when Swedish is not available.  This is easily accomplished by setting
+`LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv'.

 Translating Teams
 =================

-   For the GNU Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
+   For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
 people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
 able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
 Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
@@ -135,15 +138,14 @@ International.  You may reach your translation team at the address
 `LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
 language.  Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
 in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of December
-1996:
+1997:

-     Arabic `ar', Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl',
-     English `en', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German
-     `de', Greek `el', Hebrew `he', Hungarian `hu', Irish `ga', Italian
-     `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja', Korean `ko', Latin `la',
-     Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish `pl', Portuguese `pt',
-     Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es', Swedish `sv', Telugu
-     `te', Turkish `tr' and Ukrainian `uk'.
+     Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', English `en',
+     Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German `de', Hungarian
+     `hu', Irish `ga', Italian `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja',
+     Korean `ko', Latin `la', Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish
+     `pl', Portuguese `pt', Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es',
+     Swedish `sv', and Turkish `tr'.

 For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to
 `zh@li.org'.
@@ -160,55 +162,53 @@ message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
 *actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
 rather than merely lurking around.  If your team does not exist yet and
 you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
-get started, please write to `gnu-translation@gnu.ai.mit.edu' to reach
-the GNU coordinator for all translator teams.
+get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
+coordinator for all translator teams.

   The English team is special.  It works at improving and uniformizing
-the terminology used in GNU.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more
-than programming skill, here.  For the time being, please avoid
-subscribing to the English team unless explicitly invited to do so.
+the terminology in use.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
+programming skill, here.

 Available Packages
 ==================

-   Languages are not equally supported in all GNU packages.  The
-following matrix shows the current state of GNU internationalization,
-as of December 1996.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for
-which languages PO files have been submitted to translation
-coordination.
+   Languages are not equally supported in all packages.  The following
+matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of December
+1997.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
+PO files have been submitted to translation coordination.

-     Ready PO files    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
-                     .-------------------------------------------.
-     bash            |    []          []       []                |  3
-     bison           |    []          []       []                |  3
-     clisp           |    [] []       []                         |  3
-     cpio            |    []          []       []    []          |  4
-     diffutils       |          []    []             []       [] |  4
-     enscript        |    []       [] []       []          []    |  5
-     fileutils       |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
-     findutils       |    []          []    [] []    []       [] |  6
-     flex            |                []                      [] |  2
-     gcal            |    []          []       []                |  3
-     gettext         |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
-     grep            |          []    []    [] [] [] []    [] [] |  8
-     hello           |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
-     id-utils        |    []          []                         |  2
-     indent          |                                           |  0
-     libc            |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
-     m4              |    []          [] []    []             [] |  5
-     make            |    []    []          [] []    []          |  5
-     music           |                []                         |  1
-     ptx             |    []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] |  8
-     recode          |    []    []    []       []    []    [] [] |  7
-     sh-utils        |    []          []       []       []    [] |  5
-     sharutils       |    []          []       []             [] |  4
-     tar             |    []          []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |  9
-     texinfo         |                                           |  0
-     textutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
-     wdiff           | [] []    []    []       [] [] []       [] |  8
-                     `-------------------------------------------'
-       14 languages    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
-       27 packages      1 21  1 11  1 24  1  8 20  7 14  6  7 14  136
+     Ready PO files    cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
+                     .----------------------------------------------------.
+     bash            |       []          []          []                   |  3
+     bison           |       []          []          []                   |  3
+     clisp           |       [] [] []    []                               |  4
+     cpio            |       []    []    []       [] []    []             |  6
+     diffutils       |       []    []    []                []          [] |  5
+     enscript        |       []    [] [] []          []             []    |  6
+     fileutils       | []    []    []    []       [] []    [] []    [] [] | 10
+     findutils       |       []    []    [] []    [] []    []    []    [] |  9
+     flex            |             []    []       []                   [] |  4
+     gcal            |       []          []          []    []          [] |  5
+     gettext         |    [] []    []    []       [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 12
+     grep            |       []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] [] [] | 10
+     hello           |    [] []    []    []       [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 11
+     id-utils        |       []          []                []             |  3
+     indent          |    [] []                   []       []    []       |  5
+     libc            |       []    []    []       [] []    []          [] |  7
+     m4              |       []          []    []    []          []    [] |  6
+     make            |       []    []    []       [] []    []             |  6
+     music           |                   []                []             |  2
+     ptx             |       []    []    []          [] [] [] []       [] |  8
+     recode          |    [] []    []    []          []    [] []    [] [] |  9
+     sh-utils        |       []    []    []          [] [] [] []       [] |  8
+     sharutils       | []    []    []    []          []                [] |  6
+     tar             | []    []          [] []    [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 11
+     texinfo         | []    []          []                               |  3
+     textutils       | []    []    []    []       [] [] [] []          [] |  9
+     wdiff           | []    []    []    []          [] [] []          [] |  8
+                     `----------------------------------------------------'
+       17 languages    cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
+       27 packages      6  4 25  1 18  1 26  2  1 12 20  9 19  7  4  7 17  179

   Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
 visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
@@ -219,8 +219,8 @@ dialects.
 which it applies should also have been internationalized and
 distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
 lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
-GNU distribution.
+distribution.

-   If December 1996 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
+   If December 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
 of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.

--- a/9
+++ b/9
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 		       Version 2, June 1991

 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

-	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
 possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
@@ -304,8 +304,9 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+

 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

--- a/27
+++ b/27
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me `include' the dynamically
+# generated rules created via Makefile.maint as well as Makefile.maint itself.
+# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
+# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
+# only to the maintainer.
+
+# Systems where /bin/sh is not the default shell need this.  The $(shell)
+# command below won't work with e.g. stock DOS/Windows shells.
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
+
+# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
+# give them a diagnostic.
+ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)
+
+include Makefile
+include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint
+
+else
+
+all:
+	@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory.
+	@echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'."
+	@exit 1
+
+endif
--- a/7
+++ b/7
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The simplest way to compile this package is:
     `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
     `configure' itself.

-     Running `configure' takes a while.  While running, it prints some
+     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
     messages telling which features it is checking for.

  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
@@ -167,7 +167,9 @@ operates.
 `--quiet'
 `--silent'
 `-q'
-     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).

 `--srcdir=DIR'
     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
@@ -178,4 +180,3 @@ operates.
     script, and exit.

 `configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
-
--- a/Makefile.maint
+++ b/Makefile.maint
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+# -*-Makefile-*-
+# This Makefile fragment is shared between fileutils, sh-utils, textutils.
+
+maintainer-check:
+	if head ChangeLog| grep 'Version $(VERSION)' > /dev/null; then \
+	  :; \
+	else \
+	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog; not tagging" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi
+	$(MAKE) distcheck
+	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
+
+# Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
+# checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
+# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
+cvs-dist: maintainer-check
+	pkg=`echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z`; \
+	ver=`echo "$(VERSION)" | sed 's/\./_/g'`; \
+	tag="$$pkg-$$ver"; \
+	echo tag=$$tag; \
+	if cvs -n log -h README| grep -e $$tag: > /dev/null; then \
+	  echo "VERSION not new; not tagging" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi; \
+	cvs update po; \
+	cvs tag -c $$tag
+	$(MAKE) dist
+
+t=./=test
+my-distcheck:
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	mkdir $(t)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
+	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
+	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
+	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) distclean
+	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
+	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	@echo "========================"; \
+	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
+	echo "========================"
+
+THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
+# FIXME: this works only for Gnits-style test releases.
+PREV_VERSION := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
+PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
+v = Version
+
+a_host=alpha.gnu.org
+b_host=tug.org
+c_host=ftp.enst.fr
+
+a_url_dir=gnu/fetish
+b_url_dir=gnu/fetish
+c_url_dir=pub/gnu/gnits/fetish
+
+a_real_dir=/fs/share/ftp/gnu/fetish
+b_real_dir=/home/ftp/pub/gnu/fetish
+c_real_dir=/pub/gnu/gnits/fetish
+
+url_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b c,ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
+real_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b c,ftp://$($(x)_host)$($(x)_real_dir))
+
+md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+
+rel-check:
+	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
+	md5_tmp=/tmp/rel-check-md5-$$$$; \
+	set -e; \
+	trap 'status=$$?; rm -f $$tarz $$md5_tmp; exit $$status' 0 1 2 3 15; \
+	wget -q --output-document=$$tarz $(url); \
+	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
+	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz
+
+announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
+	@( \
+	  echo Subject: $(distdir) released; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "$(md5)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo NEWS:; \
+	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" NEWS \
+	    | grep -v '^\['; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
+	  sed -n "1,/$v $(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" \
+	    ChangeLog; \
+	)
+
+alpha:
+	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
+	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announcement
+	ln $(distdir).tar.gz ../release
+	chmod a-w $(distdir).tar.gz
+	@echo =====================================
+	@for url in $(real_dir_list); do \
+	  echo "ncftp -u $$url/"; \
+	done
+	@echo '#   put $(distdir).tar.gz'
+	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
+	@echo =====================================
--- a/63
+++ b/63
@@ -1,21 +1,80 @@
 This is just a start at listing e-mail addresses of contributors.
 The rest of the addresses are still in the ChangeLog.

-Arne Henrik Juul arnej@imf.unit.no
+Achim Blumensath: blume@corona.oche.de
+aldomel: aldomel@ix.netcom.com
+Alen Muzinic: zveki@fly.cc.fer.hr
+Akim Demaille: demaille@inf.enst.fr
+Alain Magloire: alain@qnx.com
+Alexey Solovyov: alekso@math.uu.se
+Andreas Jaeger: jaeger@gnu.org
+Andreas Schwab: schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
+Andrew Dalke: dalke@bioreason.com
+Andrew Tridgell: tridge@samba.org
+Andries Brouwer: Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl
+Arne Henrik Juul: arnej@imf.unit.no
 Bauke Jan Douma: bjdouma@xs4all.nl
+Bengt Martensson: bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
+Bernd Leibing: bernd.leibing@rz.uni-ulm.de
+Bjorn Helgaas: helgaas@rsn.hp.com
+Bob McCracken: kerouac@ravenet.com
+Brendan O'Dea: bod@compusol.com.au
 Charles Karney: karney@pppl.gov
+Christian von Roques: roques@pond.sub.org
+Colin Plumb: colin@nyx.net
+Dirk Lattermann: dlatt@t-online.de
+Don Parsons: dparsons@synapse.kent.edu
 Eirik Fuller: eirik@netcom.com
+Eli Zaretskii: eliz@is.elta.co.il
 Emile LeBlanc: leblanc@math.toronto.edu
+François Pinard: pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
 Galen Hazelwood: galenh@micron.net
+Göran Uddeborg: goeran@uddeborg.pp.se
+Greg McGary: gkm@eng.ascend.com
+Hugh Daniel: hugh@xanadu.com
+James: james@albion.glarp.com
 James Antill: jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
+James Tanis: jtt@soscorp.com
+Jamie Lokier: jamie@imbolc.ucc.ie
+Janos Farkas: chexum@shadow.banki.hu
 Jesse Thilo: jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
 Joakim Rosqvist: dvljrt@cs.umu.se
+Johan Danielsson: joda@pdc.kth.se
+John Bley: jbb6@acpub.duke.edu
+John Gatewood Ham: zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
+John Gotts: jgotts@umich.edu
+jvogel: jvogel@linkny.com
+Karl Heuer: kwzh@gnu.org
+Kjetil Torgrim Homme: kjetilho@ifi.uio.no
+Larry McVoy: lm@sgi.com
+Lars Hecking: lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie
+Lorne Baker: lbaker@nitro.avint.net
 Marcus Daniels: marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
 Mark A. Thomas: thommark@access.digex.net
+Mark Harris: mark@monitor.designacc.com
+Mark Kettenis: kettenis@phys.uva.nl
+Marty Leisner: leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
+Masami Takikawa: takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
+Matthew S. Levine: mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+Matthew Swift: swift@alum.mit.edu
+Matthias Urlichs: smurf@noris.de
+Michiel Bacchiani: bacchian@raven.bu.edu
 Miles Bader: miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Noel Cragg: noel@red-bean.com
+Olav Morkrid: olav@funcom.com
+Per Kristian Hove: perhov@math.ntnu.no
 Peter Eriksson: peter@ifm.liu.se
+Paul Eggert: eggert@twinsun.com
+Philippe De Muyter: phdm@macqel.be
+Rainer Orth: ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
 Ross Ridge: rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
-Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@ctv.es
+Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@unex.es
+Stuart Kemp: skemp@peter.bmc.com
 Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG: thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Torbjorn Lindgren: tl@funcom.no
 Tony Leneis: tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
+Ulrich Drepper: drepper@cygnus.com
+Volker Borchert: bt@teknon.de
+Michael Veksler: mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
 Wayne Stewart: wstewa@atl.com
+William Bader: william@nscs.fast.net
--- a/doc/.cvsignore
+++ b/doc/.cvsignore
@@ -1,20 +1,19 @@
 Makefile
-fileutils.info
-version.texi
-fileutils.info*
-fileutils.log
-fileutils.dvi
 fileutils.aux
-fileutils.toc
-fileutils.cp
-fileutils.fn
-fileutils.vr
-fileutils.tp
-fileutils.ky
-fileutils.pg
 fileutils.cm
-fileutils.fl
-fileutils.op
+fileutils.cp
 fileutils.cps
+fileutils.dvi
+fileutils.fl
+fileutils.fn
+fileutils.info
+fileutils.info*
+fileutils.ky
+fileutils.log
+fileutils.op
+fileutils.pg
+fileutils.toc
+fileutils.tp
+fileutils.vr
 stamp-vti
 version.texi
--- a/doc/Makefile.am
+++ b/doc/Makefile.am
@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi

-# FIXME: remove texinfo.tex when automake has been fixed to include it
-# automatically
-EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi texinfo.tex
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi

-# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
-# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
-# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
+# If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
+# then this is necessary even if the package name is 7 characters long.
+#
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: <package>.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like <package>.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
--- a/doc/Makefile.in
+++ b/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -1,11 +1,16 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1l from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am

-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.

+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@

 srcdir = @srcdir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -26,41 +31,88 @@ mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include

+DESTDIR =
+
 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@

 top_builddir = ..

+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
 INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
 transform = @program_transform_name@
-YACC = @YACC@
-GENCAT = @GENCAT@
-PERL = @PERL@
-MV = @MV@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AMTARFLAGS = @AMTARFLAGS@
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GETCONF = @GETCONF@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
+GT_NO = @GT_NO@
+GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
 RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-LN = @LN@
-RM = @RM@
+U = @U@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+YACC = @YACC@
+l = @l@
+

 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi

-# FIXME: remove texinfo.tex when automake has been fixed to include it
-# automatically
-EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi texinfo.tex
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi

-# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
-# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
-# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
+# If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
+# then this is necessary even if the package name is 7 characters long.
+#
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: <package>.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like <package>.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
+DIST_SOURCES = 
 TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
 INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
 DVIS = fileutils.dvi
@@ -69,45 +121,42 @@ DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
 version.texi


-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-TAR = tar
-default: all
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)

+GZIP_ENV = --best
+all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .texi .texinfo .info .dvi .ps
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL) 
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake --gnu doc/Makefile
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile

-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status


-version.texi: @MAINT@stamp-vti
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: stamp-vti
+	@:

-stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(SHELL) ./mdate-sh fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
-	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi || cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi
-	rm vti.tmp
-	echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
+$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+	@echo "@set UPDATED `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
+	@echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
+	@echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
+	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
+	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
+	-@rm -f vti.tmp
+	@cp $(srcdir)/version.texi $@

 mostlyclean-vti:
-	rm -f vti.tmp
+	-rm -f vti.tmp

 clean-vti:

 distclean-vti:

 maintainer-clean-vti:
-	@MAINT@rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
+	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi

 fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
 fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
@@ -116,6 +165,7 @@ fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
 DVIPS = dvips

 .texi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
 	cd $(srcdir) \
 	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`

@@ -123,45 +173,84 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
 	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<

+.texi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
 .texinfo.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texinfo:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
 	cd $(srcdir) \
 	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`

 .texinfo.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.txi.dvi:
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 .dvi.ps:
 	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@

 install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-	$(mkinstalldirs) $(infodir)
-	@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  for ifile in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
-	    if test -f $(srcdir)/$$ifile; then \
-	      echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
+	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
 	    else : ; fi; \
 	  done; \
 	done
-	$(POST_INSTALL)
-	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	    echo "install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file";\
-	    install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file; :;\
+	@$(POST_INSTALL)
+	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
 	  done; \
 	else : ; fi

 uninstall-info:
-	if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  ii=yes; \
-	else ii=; fi; \
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  (cd $(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
-	  test -z $ii || install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
+	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
+	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file"; \
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else :; fi
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  (if cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir); then \
+	     echo " rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9])"; \
+	     rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]; \
+	   else :; fi); \
 	done

 dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	for base in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for base in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
 	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
@@ -170,18 +259,25 @@ dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	  done; \
 	done

-mostlyclean-info:
-	rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
-	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.ky fileutils.log \
-	  fileutils.pg fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.vr \
-	  fileutils.op
+mostlyclean-aminfo:
+	-rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
+	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.pgs fileutils.ky \
+	  fileutils.kys fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg \
+	  fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr \
+	  fileutils.vrs fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv \
+	  fileutils.cn

-clean-info:
+clean-aminfo:

-distclean-info:
+distclean-aminfo:

-maintainer-clean-info:
-	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do rm -f `eval echo $$i*`; done
+maintainer-clean-aminfo:
+	cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  rm -f $$i; \
+	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
+	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
 tags: TAGS
 TAGS:

@@ -189,68 +285,86 @@ TAGS:
 distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)

 subdir = doc
+
 distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \
+	top_distdir=`cd $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
+	distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd`; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits doc/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
+	  fi; \
 	done
-	$(MAKE) distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-dvi: $(DVIS)
-check: all
-	$(MAKE)
-installcheck:
-install-exec: 
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)

-install-data: install-info-am
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+info: info-am
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am

-install: install-exec install-data all
-	@:
-
-uninstall: uninstall-info
-
-all: $(INFO_DEPS) Makefile
+install-data-am: install-info-am
+install-data: install-data-am

+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+all-redirect: all-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
 installdirs:
-	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(infodir)
+	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)


 mostlyclean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)

 clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)

 distclean-generic:
-	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h
-	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*

 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-info mostlyclean-generic
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic

-clean:  clean-vti clean-info clean-generic mostlyclean
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am

-distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-info distclean-generic clean
-	rm -f config.status
+clean-am:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am

-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-info \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."

-.PHONY: default mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti \
-maintainer-clean-vti install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-info \
-distclean-info clean-info maintainer-clean-info tags distdir info dvi \
-installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+.PHONY: mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti maintainer-clean-vti \
+install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo distclean-aminfo \
+clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info-am info dvi-am \
+dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am \
+install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
+uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all install-strip \
 installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
 maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean

--- a/doc/getdate.texi
+++ b/doc/getdate.texi
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
@cindex date input formats
@findex getdate

+First, a quote:
+
@quotation
 Our units of temporal measurement, from seconds on up to months, are so
 complicated, asymmetrical and disjunctive so as to make coherent mental
@@ -44,7 +46,7 @@ midnight, 1 January 1970 UCT.
 * General date syntax::            Common rules.
 * Calendar date item::             19 Dec 1994.
 * Time of day item::               9:20pm.
-* Timezone item::                  EST, DST, BST, UCT, AHST, ...
+* Time zone item::                 EST, DST, BST, UTC, ...
 * Day of week item::               Monday and others.
 * Relative item in date strings::  next tuesday, 2 years ago.
 * Pure numbers in date strings::   19931219, 1440.
@@ -203,161 +205,139 @@ indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
 half of the day.  In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
 midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.

-@cindex timezone correction
-@cindex minutes, timezone correction by
-The time may alternatively be followed by a timezone correction,
+@cindex time zone correction
+@cindex minutes, time zone correction by
+The time may alternatively be followed by a time zone correction,
 expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
 or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
-of zone minutes.  When a timezone correction is given this way, it
-forces interpretation of the time in UTC, overriding any previous
-specification for the timezone or the local timezone.  The @var{minute}
-part of the time of the day may not be elided when a timezone correction
-is used.  This is the only way to specify a timezone correction by
+of zone minutes.  When a time zone correction is given this way, it
+forces interpretation of the time relative to
+Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), overriding any previous
+specification for the time zone or the local time zone.  The @var{minute}
+part of the time of the day may not be elided when a time zone correction
+is used.  This is the only way to specify a time zone correction by
 fractional parts of an hour.

-Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a timezone correction may be specified,
+Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
 but not both.


-@node Timezone item
-@section Timezone item
+@node Time zone item
+@section Time zone item

-@cindex timezone item
+@cindex time zone item

-A @dfn{timezone item} specifies an international timezone, indicated by
-a small set of letters.  Any included period is ignored.  Military
-timezone designations use a single letter.  Currently, only integral
-zone hours may be represented in a timezone item.  See the previous
-section for a finer control over the timezone correction.
+A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated by
+a small set of letters.  They are supported for backward compatibility reasons,
+but they are not recommended because they are ambiguous in practice:
+for example, the abbreviation @samp{EST} has different meanings in
+Australia and the United States.  Any included period is ignored.  Military
+time zone designations use a single letter.  Currently, only integral
+zone hours may be represented in a time zone item.  See the previous
+section for a finer control over the time zone correction.

-Here are many non-daylight-savings-time timezones, indexed by the zone
+Here are many non-daylight-saving-time time zones, indexed by the zone
 hour value.

@table @asis
-@item +000
-@cindex Greenwich Mean Time
-@cindex Universal Coordinated Time
-@cindex Western European Time
-@samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean, @samp{UT} or @samp{UTC} for Universal
-(Coordinated), @samp{WET} for Western European and @samp{Z} for
-militaries.
-@item +100
-@cindex West African Time
-@samp{WAT} for West Africa and
-@samp{A} for militaries.
-@item +200
-@cindex Azores Time
-@samp{AT} for Azores and @samp{B} for militaries.
-@item +300
-@samp{C} for militaries.
-@item +400
-@cindex Atlantic Standard Time
-@samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard and @samp{D} for militaries.
-@item +500
-@cindex Eastern Standard Time
-@samp{E} for militaries and @samp{EST} for Eastern Standard.
-@item +600
-@cindex Central Standard Time
-@samp{CST} for Central Standard and @samp{F} for militaries.
-@item +700
-@cindex Mountain Standard Time
-@samp{G} for militaries and @samp{MST} for Mountain Standard.
-@item +800
-@cindex Pacific Standard Time
-@samp{H} for militaries and @samp{PST} for Pacific Standard.
-@item +900
-@cindex Yukon Standard Time
-@samp{I} for militaries and @samp{YST} for Yukon Standard.
-@item +1000
-@cindex Alaska-Hawaii Time
-@cindex Central Alaska Time
-@cindex Hawaii Standard Time
-@samp{AHST} for Alaska-Hawaii Standard, @samp{CAT} for Central Alaska,
-@samp{HST} for Hawaii Standard and @samp{K} for militaries.
-@item +1100
-@cindex Nome Standard Time
-@samp{L} for militaries and @samp{NT} for Nome.
-@item +1200
-@cindex International Date Line West
-@samp{IDLW} for International Date Line West and @samp{M} for
-militaries.
-@item -100
-@cindex Central European Time
-@cindex Middle European Time
-@cindex Middle European Winter Time
-@cindex French Winter Time
-@cindex Swedish Winter Time
-@samp{CET} for Central European, @samp{FWT} for French Winter,
-@samp{MET} for Middle European, @samp{MEWT} for Middle European
-Winter, @samp{N} for militaries and @samp{SWT} for Swedish Winter.
-@item -200
-@cindex Eastern European Time
-@cindex USSR Zone
-@samp{EET} for Eastern European, USSR Zone 1 and @samp{O} for militaries.
-@item -300
-@cindex Baghdad Time
-@samp{BT} for Baghdad, USSR Zone 2 and @samp{P} for militaries.
-@item -400
-@samp{Q} for militaries and @samp{ZP4} for USSR Zone 3.
-@item -500
-@samp{R} for militaries and @samp{ZP5} for USSR Zone 4.
-@item -600
-@samp{S} for militaries and @samp{ZP6} for USSR Zone 5.
-@item -700
-@cindex West Australian Standard Time
-@samp{T} for militaries and @samp{WAST} for West Australian Standard.
-@item -800
-@cindex China Coast Time
-@samp{CCT} for China Coast, USSR Zone 7 and @samp{U} for militaries.
-@item -900
-@cindex Japan Standard Time
-@samp{JST} for Japan Standard, USSR Zone 8 and @samp{V} for militaries.
-@item -1000
-@cindex East Australian Standard Time
-@cindex Guam Standard Time
-@samp{EAST} for East Australian Standard, @samp{GST} for Guam
-Standard, USSR Zone 9 and @samp{W} for militaries.
+@item -1200
+@samp{Y} for militaries.
@item -1100
@samp{X} for militaries.
-@item -1200
-@cindex International Date Line East
-@cindex New Zealand Standard Time
-@samp{IDLE} for International Date Line East, @samp{NZST} for
-New Zealand Standard, @samp{NZT} for New Zealand and @samp{Y} for
-militaries.
+@item -1000
+@samp{W} for militaries.
+@item -0900
+@samp{V} for militaries.
+@item -0800
+@samp{PST} for Pacific Standard, and
+@samp{U} for militaries.
+@item -0700
+@samp{MST} for Mountain Standard, and
+@samp{T} for militaries.
+@item -0600
+@samp{CST} for Central Standard, and
+@samp{S} for militaries.
+@item -0500
+@samp{EST} for Eastern Standard, and
+@samp{R} for militaries.
+@item -0400
+@samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard, and
+@samp{Q} for militaries.
+@item -0300
+@samp{P} for militaries.
+@item -0200
+@samp{O} for militaries.
+@item -0100
+@samp{N} for militaries.
+@item +0000
+@cindex Greenwich Mean Time
+@cindex Coordinated Universal Time
+@cindex Universal Coordinated Time
+@cindex Universal Time (Coordinated)
+@samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean,
+@samp{UT} for Universal,
+@samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal,
+@samp{WET} for Western European, and
+@samp{Z} for ISO 8601 and militaries.
+@item +0100
+@samp{A} for militaries,
+@samp{CET} for Central European,
+@samp{MET} for Midden Europesche Tijd (Dutch), and
+@samp{MEZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Zeit (German).
+@item +0200
+@samp{B} for militaries, and
+@samp{EET} for Eastern European.
+@item +0300
+@samp{C} for militaries.
+@item +0400
+@samp{D} for militaries.
+@item +0500
+@samp{E} for militaries.
+@item +0600
+@samp{F} for militaries.
+@item +0700
+@samp{G} for militaries.
+@item +0800
+@samp{H} for militaries.
+@item +0900
+@samp{I} for militaries, and
+@samp{JST} for Japan Standard.
+@item +1000
+@samp{GST} for Guam Standard, and
+@samp{K} for militaries.
+@item +1100
+@samp{L} for militaries.
+@item +1200
+@samp{M} for militaries, and
+@samp{NZST} for New Zealand Standard.
@end table

-@cindex daylight savings time
-Here are many DST timezones, indexed by the zone hour value.  Also, by
-following a non-DST timezone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
-(that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST timezone
+@cindex daylight-saving time
+Here are many daylight-saving time (DST) time zones,
+indexed by the zone hour value.  Also, by
+following a non-DST time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
+(that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST time zone
 may be specified.

@table @asis
-@item 0
-@samp{BST} for British Summer.
-@item +400
-@samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
-@item +500
-@samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
-@item +600
-@samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
-@item +700
-@samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
-@item +800
+@item -0700
@samp{PDT} for Pacific Daylight.
-@item +900
-@samp{YDT} for Yukon Daylight.
-@item +1000
-@samp{HDT} for Hawaii Daylight.
-@item -100
-@samp{MEST} for Middle European Summer, @samp{MESZ} for Middle European
-Summer, @samp{SST} for Swedish Summer and @samp{FST} for French Summer.
-@item -700
-@samp{WADT} for West Australian Daylight.
-@item -1000
-@samp{EADT} for Eastern Australian Daylight.
-@item -1200
+@item -0600
+@samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
+@item -0500
+@samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
+@item -0400
+@samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
+@item -0300
+@samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
+@item +0100
+@samp{BST} for British Summer, and
+@samp{WEST} for Western European Summer.
+@item +0200
+@samp{CEST} for Central European Summer,
+@samp{MEST} for Midden Europesche S. Tijd (Dutch), and
+@samp{MESZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Sommerzeit (German).
+@item +1300
@samp{NZDT} for New Zealand Daylight.
@end table

@@ -487,15 +467,15 @@ year.
@cindex MacKenzie, David
@cindex Meyering, Jim
@code{getdate} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
-(@samp{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
+(@email{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
 at Chapel Hill.  The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
-Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@samp{rsalz@@bbn.com})
-and Jim Berets (@samp{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
+Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@email{rsalz@@bbn.com})
+and Jim Berets (@email{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
 revisions for the GNU system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
 and others.

@cindex Pinard, F.
@cindex Berry, K.
 This chapter was originally produced by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
-(@samp{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
-and then edited by K.@: Berry (@samp{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).
+(@email{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
+and then edited by K.@: Berry (@email{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).
--- a/doc/mdate-sh
+++ b/doc/mdate-sh
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-# mdate-sh - get modification time of a file and pretty-print it.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
+# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
 # GNU General Public License for more details.
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

 # Prevent date giving response in another language.
 LANG=C
@@ -25,14 +25,15 @@ export LC_ALL
 LC_TIME=C
 export LC_TIME

-# Get the extended ls output of the file.
+# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
+# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
 if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  set - `ls -L -l $1`
+  set - x`ls -L -l -d $1`
 else
-  set - `ls -l $1`
+  set - x`ls -l -d $1`
 fi
-# The month is at least the fourth argument.
-# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop)
+# The month is at least the fourth argument
+# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop).
 shift
 shift
 shift
--- a/doc/sh-utils.texi
+++ b/doc/sh-utils.texi
@@ -113,15 +113,14 @@ by the Foundation.
@end titlepage


-@ifinfo
+@ifnottex
@node Top
@top GNU shell utilities

@cindex shell utilities
@cindex utilities for shell programming

-This manual minimally documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell
-utilities.
+This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell utilities.

@menu
 * Introduction::                Caveats, overview, and authors.
@@ -141,7 +140,7 @@ utilities.

 * Index::                       General index.
@end menu
-@end ifinfo
+@end ifnottex


@node Introduction
@@ -167,7 +166,7 @@ The GNU shell utilities are mostly compatible with the POSIX.2 standard.
@c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
@c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
@cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @samp{sh-utils-bugs@@gnu.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @samp{bug-sh-utils@@gnu.org}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
@@ -182,8 +181,10 @@ sometimes difficult to infer. @xref{Bugs, , , gcc, GNU CC}.
@cindex Pinard, @value{Francois}
@cindex Berry, Karl
@cindex Stallman, Richard
-This manual is based on the Unix man pages in the distribution, which
-were originally written by David MacKenzie and updated by Jim Meyering.
+This manual was originally derived from the Unix man pages in the
+distribution, which were written by David MacKenzie and updated by Jim
+Meyering.  What you are reading now is the authoritative documentation
+for these utilities;  the man pages are no longer being maintained.
@value{Francois} Pinard did the initial conversion to Texinfo format.
 Karl Berry did the indexing, some reorganization, and editing of the results.
 Richard Stallman contributed his usual invaluable insights to the
@@ -717,53 +718,92 @@ Exit status:
@end display

@menu
-* Relations for expr::          | & < <= = == != >= >
+* String expressions::          <colon> match substr index length quote
 * Numeric expressions::         + - * / %
-* String expressions::          <colon> match substr index length
+* Relations for expr::          | & < <= = == != >= >
 * Examples of expr::            Examples.
@end menu


-@node Relations for expr
-@subsection Relations for @code{expr}
+@node String expressions
+@subsection String expressions

-@cindex connectives, logical
-@cindex logical connectives
-@cindex relations, numeric or string
+@cindex string expressions
+@cindex expressions, string

-The usual logical connectives and relations, in order of precedence.
+@code{expr} supports pattern matching and other string operators.  These
+have lower precedence than both the numeric and relational operators (in
+the next sections).

@table @samp

-@item |
-@kindex |
-@cindex logical or operator
-@cindex or operator
-Yields its first argument if it is neither null nor 0, otherwise its
-second argument.
+@item @var{string} : @var{regex}
+@cindex pattern matching
+@cindex regular expression matching
+@cindex matching patterns
+Perform pattern matching.  The arguments are coerced to strings and the
+second is considered to be a (basic, a la GNU @code{grep}) regular
+expression, with a @code{^} implicitly prepended.  The first argument is
+then matched against this regular expression.

-@item &
-@kindex &
-@cindex logical and operator
-@cindex and operator
-Yields its first argument if neither argument is null or 0, otherwise
-0.
+If the match succeeds and @var{regex} uses @samp{\(} and @samp{\)}, the
+@code{:} expression returns the part of @var{string} that matched the
+subexpression; otherwise, it returns the number of characters matched.

-@item < <= = == != >= >
-@kindex <
-@kindex <=
-@kindex =
-@kindex ==
-@kindex >
-@kindex >=
-@cindex comparison operators
-Compare the arguments and return 1 if the relation is true, 0 otherwise.
-@code{==} is a synonym for @code{=}.  @code{expr} first tries to coerce
-both arguments to numbers and do a numeric comparison; if either
-coercion fails, it does a lexicographic comparison.
+If the match fails, the @code{:} operator returns the null string if
+@samp{\(} and @samp{\)} are used in @var{regex}, otherwise 0.
+
+@kindex \( @r{regexp operator}
+Only the first @samp{\( @dots{} \)} pair is relevant to the return
+value; additional pairs are meaningful only for grouping the regular
+expression operators.
+
+@kindex \+ @r{regexp operator}
+@kindex \? @r{regexp operator}
+@kindex \| @r{regexp operator}
+In the regular expression, @code{\+}, @code{\?}, and @code{\|} are
+operators which respectively match one or more, zero or one, or separate
+alternatives.  SunOS and other @code{expr}'s treat these as regular
+characters.  (POSIX allows either behavior.)
+@xref{Top, , Regular Expression Library, regex, Regex}, for details of
+regular expression syntax.  Some examples are in @ref{Examples of expr}.
+
+@item match @var{string} @var{regex}
+@findex match
+An alternative way to do pattern matching.  This is the same as
+@w{@samp{@var{string} : @var{regex}}}.
+
+@item substr @var{string} @var{position} @var{length}
+@findex substr
+Returns the substring of @var{string} beginning at @var{position}
+with length at most @var{length}.  If either @var{position} or
+@var{length} is negative, zero, or non-numeric, returns the null string.
+
+@item index @var{string} @var{charset}
+@findex index
+Returns the first position in @var{string} where the first character in
+@var{charset} was found.  If no character in @var{charset} is found in
+@var{string}, return 0.
+
+@item length @var{string}
+@findex length
+Returns the length of @var{string}.
+
+@item quote @var{token}
+@findex quote
+Interpret @var{token} as a string, even if it is a keyword like @var{match}
+or an operator like @code{/}.
+This makes it possible to test @code{expr length quote "$x"} or
+@code{expr quote "$x" : '.*/\(.\)'} and have it do the right thing even if
+the value of @var{$x} happens to be (for example) @code{/} or @code{index}.
+This operator is a GNU extension.  It is disabled when
+the environment variable @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.

@end table

+To make @code{expr} interpret keywords as strings, you must use the
+@code{quote} operator.
+

@node Numeric expressions
@subsection Numeric expressions
@@ -771,9 +811,9 @@ coercion fails, it does a lexicographic comparison.
@cindex numeric expressions
@cindex expressions, numeric

-Numeric operators, in order of increasing precedence.  The connectives
-(previous section) have higher precedence, the string operators
-(following section) have lower.
+@code{expr} supports the usual numeric operators, in order of increasing
+precedence.  The string operators (previous section) have lower precedence,
+the connectives (next section) have higher.

@table @samp

@@ -798,67 +838,51 @@ numbers; an error occurs if this cannot be done.
@end table


-@node String expressions
-@subsection String expressions
+@node Relations for expr
+@subsection Relations for @code{expr}

-@cindex string expressions
-@cindex expressions, string
+@cindex connectives, logical
+@cindex logical connectives
+@cindex relations, numeric or string

-String operators.  These have lowest precedence.
+@code{expr} supports the usual logical connectives and relations.  These
+are higher precedence than either the string or numeric operators
+(previous sections).  Here is the list, lowest-precedence operator first.

@table @samp

-@item @var{string} : @var{regex}
-@cindex pattern matching
-@cindex regular expression matching
-@cindex matching patterns
-Perform pattern matching.  The arguments are coerced to strings and the
-second is considered to be a (basic, a la @code{grep}) regular
-expression, with a @code{^} implicitly prepended.  The first argument is
-then matched against this regular expression.
+@item |
+@kindex |
+@cindex logical or operator
+@cindex or operator
+Returns its first argument if that is neither null nor 0, otherwise its
+second argument.

-If the match succeeds and @var{regex} uses @samp{\(} and @samp{\)}, the
-@code{:} expression returns the part of @var{string} that matched the
-subexpression; otherwise, it returns the number of characters matched.
+@item &
+@kindex &
+@cindex logical and operator
+@cindex and operator
+Return its first argument if neither argument is null or 0, otherwise
+0.

-If the match fails, the @code{:} operator returns the null string if
-@samp{\(} and @samp{\)} are used in @var{regex}, otherwise 0.
-
-Only the first @samp{\( @dots{} \)} pair is relevant to the return
-value; additional pairs are meaningful only for grouping the regular
-expression operators.
-
-@xref{Top, , Regular Expression Library, regex, Regex}, for details of
-regular expression syntax.
-
-@item match @var{string} @var{regex}
-@findex match
-An alternative way to do pattern matching.  This is the same as
-@w{@samp{@var{string} : @var{regex}}}.
-
-@item substr @var{string} @var{position} @var{length}
-@findex substr
-Returns the substring of @var{string} beginning at @var{position}
-with length at most @var{length}.  If either @var{position} or
-@var{length} is negative or non-numeric, returns the null string.
-
-@item index @var{string} @var{character-class}
-@findex index
-Returns the first position in @var{string} where the first character in
-@var{charset} was found.  If no character in @var{charset} is found in
-@var{string}, return 0.
-
-@item length @var{string}
-@findex length
-Returns the length of @var{string}.
+@item < <= = == != >= >
+@kindex <
+@kindex <=
+@kindex =
+@kindex ==
+@kindex >
+@kindex >=
+@cindex comparison operators
+Compare the arguments and return 1 if the relation is true, 0 otherwise.
+@code{==} is a synonym for @code{=}.  @code{expr} first tries to coerce
+both arguments to numbers and do a numeric comparison; if either
+coercion fails, it does a lexicographic comparison.

@end table

-The keywords cannot be used as strings.
-

@node Examples of expr
-@subsection Examples of @code{expr}
+@subsection Examples of using @code{expr}

@cindex examples of @code{expr}
 Here are a few examples, including quoting for shell metacharacters.
@@ -874,6 +898,12 @@ To print the non-directory part of the file name stored in
 expr $fname : '.*/\(^.*\)' '^|' $fname
@end example

+An example showing that @code{\+} is an operator:
+@example
+expr aaa : 'a\+'
+@result{} 3
+@end example
+
@example
 expr abc : 'a\(.\)c'
@result{} b
@@ -881,7 +911,8 @@ expr index abcdef cz
@result{} 3
 expr index index a
@error{} expr: syntax error
-
+expr index quote index a
+@result{} 0
@end example


@@ -1109,15 +1140,16 @@ The only options are a lone @samp{--help} or
 Synopses:

@example
-stty [@var{setting}]@dots{}
+stty [@var{option}] [@var{setting}]@dots{}
 stty [@var{option}]
@end example

-If given no arguments, @code{stty} prints the baud rate, line
+If given no line settings, @code{stty} prints the baud rate, line
 discipline number (on systems that support it), and line settings
 that have been changed from the values set by @samp{stty sane}.
-Mode reading and setting are performed on the tty line connected to
-standard input.
+By default, mode reading and setting are performed on the tty line
+connected to standard input, although this can be modified by the
+@samp{--file} option.

@code{stty} accepts many non-option arguments that change aspects of
 the terminal line operation, as described below.
@@ -1129,7 +1161,19 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
@itemx --all
@opindex -a
@opindex --all
-Print all current settings in human-readable form.
+Print all current settings in human-readable form.  This option may not
+be used in combination with any line settings.
+
+@item -F @var{device}
+@itemx --file @var{device}
+@opindex -F
+@opindex --file
+Set the line opened by the filename specified in @var{device} instead of
+the tty line connected to standard input.  This option is necessary
+because opening a POSIX tty requires use of the @code{O_NONDELAY} flag to
+prevent a POSIX tty from blocking until the carrier detect line is high if
+the @code{clocal} flag is not set.  Hence, it is not always possible
+to allow the shell to open the device in the traditional manner.

@item -g
@itemx --save
@@ -1137,7 +1181,8 @@ Print all current settings in human-readable form.
@opindex --save
@cindex machine-readable @code{stty} output
 Print all current settings in a form that can be used as an argument to
-another @code{stty} command to restore the current settings.
+another @code{stty} command to restore the current settings.  This option
+may not be used in combination with any line settings.

@end table

@@ -1704,7 +1749,7 @@ Tell the kernel that the terminal has @var{n} columns.  Non-POSIX.
@vindex COLUMNS
 Print the number of rows and columns that the kernel thinks the
 terminal has.  (Systems that don't support rows and cols in the kernel
-typically use the environment variables @code{LINES} and @code{COLUMNS}
+typically use the environment variables @env{LINES} and @env{COLUMNS}
 instead; however, GNU @code{stty} does not know anything about them.)
 Non-POSIX.

@@ -2024,6 +2069,14 @@ After the login time, print the number of hours and minutes that the
 user has been idle.  @samp{.} means the user was active in last minute.
@samp{old} means the user was idle for more than 24 hours.

+@item -l
+@itemx --lookup
+@opindex -l
+@opindex --lookup
+Attempt to canonicalize hostnames found in utmp through a DNS lookup.  This
+is not the default because it can cause significant delays on systems with
+automatic dial-up internet access.
+
@item -H
@itemx --heading
@opindex -H
@@ -2337,6 +2390,33 @@ input.  This is useful when you have many dates to process, because the
 system overhead of starting up the @code{date} executable many times can
 be considerable.

+@item -I[@var{timespec}]
+@itemx --iso-8601[=@var{timespec}]
+@opindex -I[@var{timespec}]
+@opindex --iso-8601[=@var{timespec}]
+Display the date using the ISO 8601 format, @samp{%Y-%m-%d}.
+
+The optional argument @var{timespec} specifies the number of additional
+terms of the time to include.  It can be one of the following:
+@table @samp
+@item auto
+The default behavior: print just the date.
+
+@item hours
+Append the hour of the day to the date.
+
+@item minutes
+Append the hours and minutes.
+
+@item seconds
+Append the hours, minutes, and seconds.
+@end table
+
+If showing any time terms, then include the time zone using the format
+@samp{%z}.  If @samp{--utc} is also specified, use @samp{%Z} in place of
+@samp{%z}.
+
+@item -R
@itemx --rfc-822
@opindex -R
@opindex --rfc-822
@@ -2439,6 +2519,50 @@ use @samp{date --rfc}.  I just did and saw this:
 Mon, 25 Mar 1996 23:34:17 -0600
@end example

+@item
+To convert a date string to the number of seconds since the epoch
+(which is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC), use the @samp{--date} option with
+the @samp{%s} format.  That can be useful in sorting and/or graphing
+and/or comparing data by date.  The following command outputs the
+number of the seconds since the epoch for the time one second later
+than the epoch, but in time zone five hours later (Cambridge, Massachusetts),
+thus a total of five hours and one second after the epoch:
+
+@example
+date --date='1970-01-01 00:00:01 UTC +5 hours' +%s
+18001
+@end example
+
+Suppose you had @emph{not} specified time zone information in the example above.
+Then, date would have used your computer's idea of the time zone when
+interpreting the string.  Here's what you would get if you were in
+Greenwich, England:
+
+@example
+# local time zone used
+date --date='1970-01-01 00:00:01' +%s
+1
+@end example
+
+@item
+If you're sorting or graphing dated data, your raw date values may be
+represented as seconds since the epoch.  But few people can look at
+the date @samp{946684800} and casually note ``Oh, that's the first second
+of the year 2000.''
+
+@example
+date --date='2000-01-01 UTC' +%s
+946684800
+@end example
+
+To convert such an unwieldy number of seconds back to
+a more readable form, use a command like this:
+
+@smallexample
+date -d '1970-01-01 946684800 sec' +"%Y-%m-%d %T %z"
+2000-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+@end smallexample
+
@end itemize


@@ -2593,7 +2717,7 @@ Ordinarily, filenames are looked up starting at the root of the
 directory structure, i.e., @file{/}.  @code{chroot} changes the root to
 the directory @var{newroot} (which must exist) and then runs
@var{command} with optional @var{args}.  If @var{command} is not
-specified, the default is the value of the @code{SHELL} environment
+specified, the default is the value of the @env{SHELL} environment
 variable or @code{/bin/sh} if not set, invoked with the @samp{-i} option.

 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
@@ -2623,7 +2747,7 @@ to an empty value is different from unsetting it.

@vindex PATH
 The first remaining argument specifies the program name to invoke; it is
-searched for according to the @code{PATH} environment variable.  Any
+searched for according to the @env{PATH} environment variable.  Any
 remaining arguments are passed as arguments to that program.

@cindex environment, printing
@@ -2767,9 +2891,9 @@ effective user id of zero (the super-user).
@vindex LOGNAME
@cindex login shell
 By default, @code{su} does not change the current directory.
-It sets the environment variables @code{HOME} and @code{SHELL}
+It sets the environment variables @env{HOME} and @env{SHELL}
 from the password entry for @var{user}, and if @var{user} is not
-the super-user, sets @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
+the super-user, sets @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
 By default, the shell is not a login shell.

 Any additional @var{arg}s are passed as additional arguments to the
@@ -2820,10 +2944,10 @@ expansion (globbing), which is not likely to be useful.
@vindex PATH
@cindex login shell, creating
 Make the shell a login shell.  This means the following.  Unset all
-environment variables except @code{TERM}, @code{HOME}, and @code{SHELL}
-(which are set as described above), and @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME}
+environment variables except @env{TERM}, @env{HOME}, and @env{SHELL}
+(which are set as described above), and @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME}
 (which are set, even for the super-user, as described above), and set
-@code{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
+@env{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
 directory.  Prepend @samp{-} to the shell's name, intended to make it
 read its login startup file(s).

@@ -2836,9 +2960,9 @@ read its login startup file(s).
@cindex environment, preserving
@flindex /etc/shells
@cindex restricted shell
-Do not change the environment variables @code{HOME}, @code{USER},
-@code{LOGNAME}, or @code{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
-variable @code{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
+Do not change the environment variables @env{HOME}, @env{USER},
+@env{LOGNAME}, or @env{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
+variable @env{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
 entry, unless the user running @code{su} is not the superuser and
@var{user}'s shell is restricted.  A @dfn{restricted shell} is one that
 is not listed in the file @file{/etc/shells}, or in a compiled-in list
--- a/doc/texinfo.tex
+++ b/doc/texinfo.tex
--- a/doc/textutils.texi
+++ b/doc/textutils.texi
--- a/lib/.cvsignore
+++ b/lib/.cvsignore
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
+.deps
 Makefile
 getdate.c
-posixtm.c
-safe-stat.h
-safe-stat.c
+getdate.tab.c
+lstat.c
 safe-lstat.c
 safe-lstat.h
-getdate.tab.c
-.deps
+safe-stat.c
+safe-stat.h
+stat.c
--- a/lib/.gdb-history
+++ b/lib/.gdb-history
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+r 206.65.212.10
+b main
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p addr
+p addr
+p he->h_name
+n
+q
+b canon_host 
+r 206.65.212.10
+n
+p he
+p *he
+n
+n
+p (he->h_addrtype)
+n
+q
--- a/lib/Makefile.am
+++ b/lib/Makefile.am
@@ -1,25 +1,37 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-

-## FIXME: Remove mvdir.c, and rmdir.c when
-## automake is fixed -- probably for 1.1g
-EXTRA_DIST = mkdir.c rmdir.c getline.c mktime.c strftime.c getgroups.c
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a

 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl

-libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
-argmatch.c backupfile.c dirname.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c getversion.c idcache.c \
-isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c path-concat.c \
-safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
-xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.c getopt.c getopt1.c \
+addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
+closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
+full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
+isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
+quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c \
+version-etc.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c \
+xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c xstrtoumax.c yesno.c

 libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)

-noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h \
-makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
+dirname.h error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
+makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
+posixtm.h quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h \
+version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h

-BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
+BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST = xstat.in
+lstat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/lstat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+stat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/stat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
--- a/lib/Makefile.in
+++ b/lib/Makefile.in
@@ -1,11 +1,16 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1l from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am

-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.

+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@

 srcdir = @srcdir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -26,49 +31,102 @@ mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include

+DESTDIR =
+
 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@

 top_builddir = ..

+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
 INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
 transform = @program_transform_name@
-YACC = @YACC@
-GENCAT = @GENCAT@
-PERL = @PERL@
-MV = @MV@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AMTARFLAGS = @AMTARFLAGS@
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GETCONF = @GETCONF@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
+GT_NO = @GT_NO@
+GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
 RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-LN = @LN@
-RM = @RM@
+U = @U@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+YACC = @YACC@
+l = @l@
+
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr

 noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a

-EXTRA_DIST = mkdir.c rmdir.c getline.c mktime.c strftime.c getgroups.c
-
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl

-libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
-argmatch.c backupfile.c dirname.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c getversion.c idcache.c \
-isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c path-concat.c \
-safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
-xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.c getopt.c getopt1.c \
+addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
+closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
+full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
+isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
+quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c \
+version-etc.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c \
+xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c xstrtoumax.c yesno.c
+

 libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)

-noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h \
-makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
+dirname.h error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
+makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
+posixtm.h quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h \
+version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h

-BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
+
+BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST = xstat.in
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
@@ -79,61 +137,66 @@ DEFS = @DEFS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
 CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
 LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
 LIBS = @LIBS@
-libfu_a_OBJECTS =  getdate.o posixtm.o getopt.o getopt1.o argmatch.o \
-backupfile.o dirname.o filemode.o full-write.o getversion.o idcache.o \
-isdir.o long-options.o makepath.o modechange.o path-concat.o \
-safe-read.o save-cwd.o savedir.o stripslash.o userspec.o xgetcwd.o \
-xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrtol.o xstrtoul.o yesno.o
+ANSI2KNR = ../src/ansi2knr
+am_libfu_a_OBJECTS =  getdate$U.o posixtm$U.o getopt$U.o getopt1$U.o \
+addext$U.o argmatch$U.o backupfile$U.o basename$U.o closeout$U.o \
+dirname$U.o exclude$U.o filemode$U.o full-write$U.o human$U.o \
+idcache$U.o isdir$U.o long-options$U.o makepath$U.o modechange$U.o \
+hash$U.o path-concat$U.o quotearg$U.o safe-read$U.o save-cwd$U.o \
+savedir$U.o stripslash$U.o userspec$U.o version-etc$U.o xgetcwd$U.o \
+xmalloc$U.o xstrdup$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o xstrtoumax$U.o \
+yesno$U.o
+libfu_a_OBJECTS =  $(am_libfu_a_OBJECTS)
 AR = ar
-INTERLOCK = ./interlock
-YLWRAP = ./ylwrap
 CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-LINK = $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+DIST_SOURCES =  $(libfu_a_SOURCES)
 HEADERS =  $(noinst_HEADERS)

-DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c basename.c error.c \
-error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c \
-getdate.c getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c interlock memcmp.c \
-memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c obstack.h \
-posixtm.c regex.c regex.h rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c rx.c rx.h stpcpy.c \
-strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c \
-ylwrap
+DIST_COMMON =  $(noinst_HEADERS) Makefile.am Makefile.in TODO alloca.c \
+chown.c error.c error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c \
+ftruncate.c getdate.c getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c lchown.c \
+lstat.c malloc.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c \
+mountlist.c obstack.c obstack.h realloc.c regex.c rename.c rmdir.c \
+rpmatch.c stat.c stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c \
+strncasecmp.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c strtoull.c \
+strtoumax.c strverscmp.c utime.c


-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)

-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-TAR = tar
-DEP_FILES =  .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P .deps/backupfile.P \
-.deps/basename.P .deps/dirname.P .deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P \
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+DEP_FILES =  .deps/addext.P .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P \
+.deps/backupfile.P .deps/basename.P .deps/chown.P .deps/closeout.P \
+.deps/dirname.P .deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P .deps/exclude.P \
 .deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P .deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P \
 .deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P .deps/getdate.P .deps/getgroups.P \
-.deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P .deps/getversion.P \
-.deps/group-member.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P .deps/long-options.P \
-.deps/makepath.P .deps/memcmp.P .deps/memcpy.P .deps/memset.P \
-.deps/mkdir.P .deps/mktime.P .deps/modechange.P .deps/mountlist.P \
-.deps/obstack.P .deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P .deps/regex.P \
-.deps/rename.P .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P .deps/rx.P \
-.deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stpcpy.P \
-.deps/strcasecmp.P .deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P .deps/stripslash.P \
-.deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P .deps/strtol.P .deps/strtoul.P \
-.deps/userspec.P .deps/xgetcwd.P .deps/xmalloc.P .deps/xstrdup.P \
-.deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P .deps/yesno.P
+.deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P .deps/group-member.P \
+.deps/hash.P .deps/human.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P .deps/lchown.P \
+.deps/long-options.P .deps/lstat.P .deps/makepath.P .deps/malloc.P \
+.deps/memcmp.P .deps/memcpy.P .deps/memset.P .deps/mkdir.P \
+.deps/mktime.P .deps/modechange.P .deps/mountlist.P .deps/obstack.P \
+.deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P .deps/quotearg.P .deps/realloc.P \
+.deps/regex.P .deps/rename.P .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P \
+.deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stat.P \
+.deps/stpcpy.P .deps/strcasecmp.P .deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P \
+.deps/stripslash.P .deps/strncasecmp.P .deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P \
+.deps/strtol.P .deps/strtoul.P .deps/strtoull.P .deps/strtoumax.P \
+.deps/strverscmp.P .deps/userspec.P .deps/utime.P .deps/version-etc.P \
+.deps/xgetcwd.P .deps/xmalloc.P .deps/xstrdup.P .deps/xstrtol.P \
+.deps/xstrtoul.P .deps/xstrtoumax.P .deps/yesno.P
 SOURCES = $(libfu_a_SOURCES)
-OBJECTS = $(libfu_a_OBJECTS)
-
-default: all
+OBJECTS = $(am_libfu_a_OBJECTS)

+all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o .y
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL) 
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake --gnu lib/Makefile
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile

-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status

@@ -141,155 +204,413 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES:

 clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
-	test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
+	-test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES)

 distclean-noinstLIBRARIES:

 maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES:

-.c.o:
-	$(COMPILE) -c $<
-
 mostlyclean-compile:
-	rm -f *.o core
+	-rm -f *.o core *.core

 clean-compile:

 distclean-compile:
-	rm -f *.tab.c
+	-rm -f *.tab.c

 maintainer-clean-compile:
-$(libfu_a_OBJECTS): ../config.h
+../src/ansi2knr: ../src/ansi2knr.o
+	cd ../src && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ansi2knr
+
+../src/ansi2knr.o:
+	cd ../src && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ansi2knr.o
+
+
+mostlyclean-kr:
+	-rm -f *_.c
+
+clean-kr:
+
+distclean-kr:
+
+maintainer-clean-kr:
+getdate$U.o:
+posixtm$U.o:
+getopt$U.o:
+getopt1$U.o:
+addext$U.o:
+argmatch$U.o:
+backupfile$U.o:
+basename$U.o:
+closeout$U.o:
+dirname$U.o:
+exclude$U.o:
+filemode$U.o:
+full-write$U.o:
+human$U.o:
+idcache$U.o:
+isdir$U.o:
+long-options$U.o:
+makepath$U.o:
+modechange$U.o:
+hash$U.o:
+path-concat$U.o:
+quotearg$U.o:
+safe-read$U.o:
+save-cwd$U.o:
+savedir$U.o:
+stripslash$U.o:
+userspec$U.o:
+version-etc$U.o:
+xgetcwd$U.o:
+xmalloc$U.o:
+xstrdup$U.o:
+xstrtol$U.o:
+xstrtoul$U.o:
+xstrtoumax$U.o:
+yesno$U.o:

 libfu.a: $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES)
-	rm -f libfu.a
+	-rm -f libfu.a
 	$(AR) cru libfu.a $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 	$(RANLIB) libfu.a
+getdate.o:
+lstat.o:
+stat.o:
+addext_.c: addext.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/addext.c; then echo $(srcdir)/addext.c; else echo addext.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > addext_.c
+alloca_.c: alloca.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/alloca.c; then echo $(srcdir)/alloca.c; else echo alloca.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > alloca_.c
+argmatch_.c: argmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; else echo argmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > argmatch_.c
+backupfile_.c: backupfile.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; then echo $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; else echo backupfile.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > backupfile_.c
+basename_.c: basename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > basename_.c
+chown_.c: chown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/chown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/chown.c; else echo chown.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > chown_.c
+closeout_.c: closeout.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/closeout.c; then echo $(srcdir)/closeout.c; else echo closeout.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > closeout_.c
+dirname_.c: dirname.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > dirname_.c
+error_.c: error.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/error.c; then echo $(srcdir)/error.c; else echo error.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > error_.c
+euidaccess_.c: euidaccess.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; then echo $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; else echo euidaccess.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > euidaccess_.c
+exclude_.c: exclude.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/exclude.c; then echo $(srcdir)/exclude.c; else echo exclude.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > exclude_.c
+fileblocks_.c: fileblocks.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; else echo fileblocks.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fileblocks_.c
+filemode_.c: filemode.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/filemode.c; then echo $(srcdir)/filemode.c; else echo filemode.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > filemode_.c
+fnmatch_.c: fnmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; else echo fnmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fnmatch_.c
+fsusage_.c: fsusage.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; else echo fsusage.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fsusage_.c
+ftruncate_.c: ftruncate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; else echo ftruncate.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > ftruncate_.c
+full-write_.c: full-write.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/full-write.c; then echo $(srcdir)/full-write.c; else echo full-write.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > full-write_.c
+getdate_.c: getdate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getdate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getdate.c; else echo getdate.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getdate_.c
+getgroups_.c: getgroups.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; else echo getgroups.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getgroups_.c
+getline_.c: getline.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getline.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getline.c; else echo getline.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getline_.c
+getopt_.c: getopt.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt_.c
+getopt1_.c: getopt1.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt1_.c
+group-member_.c: group-member.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/group-member.c; then echo $(srcdir)/group-member.c; else echo group-member.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > group-member_.c
+hash_.c: hash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/hash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/hash.c; else echo hash.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > hash_.c
+human_.c: human.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/human.c; then echo $(srcdir)/human.c; else echo human.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > human_.c
+idcache_.c: idcache.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/idcache.c; then echo $(srcdir)/idcache.c; else echo idcache.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > idcache_.c
+isdir_.c: isdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/isdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/isdir.c; else echo isdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > isdir_.c
+lchown_.c: lchown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lchown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lchown.c; else echo lchown.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > lchown_.c
+long-options_.c: long-options.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/long-options.c; then echo $(srcdir)/long-options.c; else echo long-options.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > long-options_.c
+lstat_.c: lstat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lstat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lstat.c; else echo lstat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > lstat_.c
+makepath_.c: makepath.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/makepath.c; then echo $(srcdir)/makepath.c; else echo makepath.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > makepath_.c
+malloc_.c: malloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/malloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/malloc.c; else echo malloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > malloc_.c
+memcmp_.c: memcmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; else echo memcmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcmp_.c
+memcpy_.c: memcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; else echo memcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcpy_.c
+memset_.c: memset.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memset.c; else echo memset.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memset_.c
+mkdir_.c: mkdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; else echo mkdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mkdir_.c
+mktime_.c: mktime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mktime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mktime.c; else echo mktime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mktime_.c
+modechange_.c: modechange.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/modechange.c; then echo $(srcdir)/modechange.c; else echo modechange.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > modechange_.c
+mountlist_.c: mountlist.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; else echo mountlist.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mountlist_.c
+obstack_.c: obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c
+path-concat_.c: path-concat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > path-concat_.c
+posixtm_.c: posixtm.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > posixtm_.c
+quotearg_.c: quotearg.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; then echo $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; else echo quotearg.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > quotearg_.c
+realloc_.c: realloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > realloc_.c
+regex_.c: regex.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/regex.c; then echo $(srcdir)/regex.c; else echo regex.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > regex_.c
+rename_.c: rename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rename.c; else echo rename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rename_.c
+rmdir_.c: rmdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; else echo rmdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rmdir_.c
+rpmatch_.c: rpmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; else echo rpmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rpmatch_.c
+safe-read_.c: safe-read.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; then echo $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; else echo safe-read.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > safe-read_.c
+save-cwd_.c: save-cwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > save-cwd_.c
+savedir_.c: savedir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > savedir_.c
+stat_.c: stat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stat_.c
+stpcpy_.c: stpcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; else echo stpcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stpcpy_.c
+strcasecmp_.c: strcasecmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; else echo strcasecmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strcasecmp_.c
+strdup_.c: strdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strdup.c; else echo strdup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strdup_.c
+strftime_.c: strftime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strftime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strftime.c; else echo strftime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strftime_.c
+stripslash_.c: stripslash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; else echo stripslash.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stripslash_.c
+strncasecmp_.c: strncasecmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strncasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strncasecmp.c; else echo strncasecmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strncasecmp_.c
+strndup_.c: strndup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strndup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strndup.c; else echo strndup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strndup_.c
+strstr_.c: strstr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strstr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strstr.c; else echo strstr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strstr_.c
+strtol_.c: strtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtol.c; else echo strtol.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtol_.c
+strtoul_.c: strtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; else echo strtoul.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtoul_.c
+strtoull_.c: strtoull.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoull.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoull.c; else echo strtoull.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtoull_.c
+strtoumax_.c: strtoumax.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoumax.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoumax.c; else echo strtoumax.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtoumax_.c
+strverscmp_.c: strverscmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; else echo strverscmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strverscmp_.c
+userspec_.c: userspec.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/userspec.c; then echo $(srcdir)/userspec.c; else echo userspec.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > userspec_.c
+utime_.c: utime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/utime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/utime.c; else echo utime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > utime_.c
+version-etc_.c: version-etc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/version-etc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/version-etc.c; else echo version-etc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > version-etc_.c
+xgetcwd_.c: xgetcwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; else echo xgetcwd.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xgetcwd_.c
+xmalloc_.c: xmalloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xmalloc_.c
+xstrdup_.c: xstrdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrdup_.c
+xstrtol_.c: xstrtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; else echo xstrtol.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtol_.c
+xstrtoul_.c: xstrtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; else echo xstrtoul.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtoul_.c
+xstrtoumax_.c: xstrtoumax.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoumax.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoumax.c; else echo xstrtoumax.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtoumax_.c
+yesno_.c: yesno.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/yesno.c; then echo $(srcdir)/yesno.c; else echo yesno.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > yesno_.c
+addext_.o alloca_.o argmatch_.o backupfile_.o basename_.o chown_.o \
+closeout_.o dirname_.o error_.o euidaccess_.o exclude_.o fileblocks_.o \
+filemode_.o fnmatch_.o fsusage_.o ftruncate_.o full-write_.o getdate_.o \
+getgroups_.o getline_.o getopt_.o getopt1_.o group-member_.o hash_.o \
+human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o lchown_.o long-options_.o lstat_.o \
+makepath_.o malloc_.o memcmp_.o memcpy_.o memset_.o mkdir_.o mktime_.o \
+modechange_.o mountlist_.o obstack_.o path-concat_.o posixtm_.o \
+quotearg_.o realloc_.o regex_.o rename_.o rmdir_.o rpmatch_.o \
+safe-read_.o save-cwd_.o savedir_.o stat_.o stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o \
+strdup_.o strftime_.o stripslash_.o strncasecmp_.o strndup_.o strstr_.o \
+strtol_.o strtoul_.o strtoull_.o strtoumax_.o strverscmp_.o userspec_.o \
+utime_.o version-etc_.o xgetcwd_.o xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtol_.o \
+xstrtoul_.o xstrtoumax_.o yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
 .y.c:
-	$(SHELL) $(INTERLOCK) =yacclockdir $(YLWRAP) "$(YACC)" y.tab.c $*.c y.tab.h $*.h -- $(YFLAGS) $<
+	$(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS) $< && mv y.tab.c $*.c
+	if test -f y.tab.h; then \
+	if cmp -s y.tab.h $*.h; then rm -f y.tab.h; else mv y.tab.h $*.h; fi; \
+	else :; fi
+

 tags: TAGS

-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \
+	  awk '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && mkid -f$$here/ID $$unique $(LISP)

-TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES)
+TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP)
 	tags=; \
 	here=`pwd`; \
-	list="$(SUBDIRS)"; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
-	done; \
-	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$(SOURCES)$(HEADERS)$$tags" \
-	  || cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \
+	  awk '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
+	  || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $$unique $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS)

 mostlyclean-tags:

 clean-tags:

 distclean-tags:
-	rm -f TAGS ID
+	-rm -f TAGS ID

 maintainer-clean-tags:

 distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)

 subdir = lib
+
 distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \
+	top_distdir=`cd $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
+	distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd`; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits lib/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
+	  fi; \
 	done

-MKDEP = gcc -M $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)

-include .deps/.P
-.deps/.P:
-	test -d .deps || mkdir .deps
-	echo > $@
+DEPS_MAGIC := $(shell mkdir .deps > /dev/null 2>&1 || :)

 -include $(DEP_FILES)
-$(DEP_FILES): .deps/.P

 mostlyclean-depend:

 clean-depend:

 distclean-depend:
+	-rm -rf .deps

 maintainer-clean-depend:
-	rm -rf .deps

-.deps/%.P: $(srcdir)/%.c
-	@echo "Computing dependencies for $<..."
-	@o='o';				\
-	test -n "$o" && o='$$o';	\
-	$(MKDEP) $< | sed "s/^\(.*\)\.o:/\1.$$o \1.l$$o:/" > $@
-info:
-dvi:
-check: all
-	$(MAKE)
-installcheck:
-install-exec: 
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+%.o: %.c
+	@echo '$(COMPILE) -c $<'; \
+	$(COMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp -c $<
+	@-cp .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).P; \
+	tr ' ' '\012' < .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp \
+	  | sed -e 's/^\\$$//' -e '/^$$/ d' -e '/:$$/ d' -e 's/$$/ :/' \
+	    >> .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).P; \
+	rm .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp

-install-data: 
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+%.lo: %.c
+	@echo '$(LTCOMPILE) -c $<'; \
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp -c $<
+	@-sed -e 's/^\([^:]*\)\.o[ 	]*:/\1.lo \1.o :/' \
+	  < .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp > .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).P; \
+	tr ' ' '\012' < .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp \
+	  | sed -e 's/^\\$$//' -e '/^$$/ d' -e '/:$$/ d' -e 's/$$/ :/' \
+	    >> .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).P; \
+	rm -f .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp
+info-am:
+info: info-am
+dvi-am:
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am

-install: install-exec install-data all
-	@:
-
-uninstall: 
-
-all: $(LIBRARIES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) Makefile
+install-data-am:
+install-data: install-data-am

+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am:
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
+all-redirect: all-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
 installdirs:


 mostlyclean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)

 clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)

 distclean-generic:
-	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h
-	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*

 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
-		mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-depend mostlyclean-generic
+	-test -z "getdate.c$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f getdate.c $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
+		mostlyclean-kr mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-depend \
+		mostlyclean-generic

-clean:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-tags clean-depend \
-		clean-generic mostlyclean
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am

-distclean:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-tags \
-		distclean-depend distclean-generic clean
-	rm -f config.status
+clean-am:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-kr clean-tags \
+		clean-depend clean-generic mostlyclean-am

-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
-		maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-tags \
-		maintainer-clean-depend maintainer-clean-generic \
-		distclean
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-kr \
+		distclean-tags distclean-depend distclean-generic \
+		clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
+		maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-kr \
+		maintainer-clean-tags maintainer-clean-depend \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."

-.PHONY: default mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+.PHONY: mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 clean-noinstLIBRARIES maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \
-maintainer-clean-compile tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags \
-clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir mostlyclean-depend \
-distclean-depend clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info dvi \
-installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
-installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
-maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-kr distclean-kr clean-kr \
+maintainer-clean-kr tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags clean-tags \
+maintainer-clean-tags distdir mostlyclean-depend distclean-depend \
+clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info-am info dvi-am dvi check \
+check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \
+install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \
+all-redirect all-am all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
+distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
+mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean

+lstat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/lstat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+stat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/stat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@

 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
--- a/lib/TODO
+++ b/lib/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Things to do to hash.c:
+
+Always use curly braces around statements in if/else/while/do/etc.
+that span more than a line -- even around multiline simple statements
+or single-line simple statements preceded by a comment line.
+
+Never have lines longer than 80 chars.
+
+Remove ^L characters.  We don't want/need such crutches.
+Get a good (smart) pagination filter.  I have one (a perl script)
+that usually does a decent job for me -- I called it something
+like stdc-print and think I sent you an early verison.
+
+I don't like the name `cursor'.  I much prefer short names
+like `p' for index variables.  I doubt I'll change all of them,
+but thought you should know why some will probably end up changing.
+
+#define USE_OBSTACK somewhere
+
+Fix this comment.  Depending on system and application...
+Mention fragmentation.
+  +#if USE_OBSTACK
+  +    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+  +       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+  +       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+  +    struct obstack entry_stack;
+  +#endif
+
+
+assert (bucket_limit - bucket == n_buckets) ?
+
+remove.c: s/done/successful or ok
--- a/lib/addext.c
+++ b/lib/addext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* addext.c -- add an extension to a file name
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> and Paul Eggert */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
+# define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
+# define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
+#endif
+
+#include <backupfile.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
+# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+
+/* Append to FILENAME the extension EXT, unless the result would be too long,
+   in which case just append the character E.  */
+
+void
+addext (char *filename, char const *ext, int e)
+{
+  char *s = base_name (filename);
+  size_t slen = strlen (s), extlen = strlen (ext);
+  long slen_max = -1;
+
+#if HAVE_PATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX
+  if (slen + extlen <= _POSIX_NAME_MAX && ! HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES)
+    /* The file name is so short there's no need to call pathconf.  */
+    slen_max = _POSIX_NAME_MAX;
+  else if (s == filename)
+    slen_max = pathconf (".", _PC_NAME_MAX);
+  else
+    {
+      char c = *s;
+      *s = 0;
+      slen_max = pathconf (filename, _PC_NAME_MAX);
+      *s = c;
+    }
+#endif
+  if (slen_max < 0)
+    slen_max = HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES ? 255 : 14;
+
+  if (HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES && slen_max <= 12)
+    {
+      /* Live within DOS's 8.3 limit.  */
+      char *dot = strchr (s, '.');
+      if (dot)
+	{
+	  slen -= dot + 1 - s;
+	  s = dot + 1;
+	  slen_max = 3;
+	}
+      else
+	slen_max = 8;
+      extlen = 9; /* Don't use EXT.  */
+    }
+
+  if (slen + extlen <= slen_max)
+    strcpy (s + slen, ext);
+  else
+    {
+      if (slen_max <= slen)
+	slen = slen_max - 1;
+      s[slen] = e;
+      s[slen + 1] = 0;
+    }
+}
--- a/lib/alloca.c
+++ b/lib/alloca.c
@@ -22,11 +22,11 @@
   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

 #ifdef emacs
-#include "blockinput.h"
+# include "blockinput.h"
 #endif

 /* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
@@ -34,39 +34,41 @@

 /* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
-#ifndef alloca
+# ifndef alloca

-#ifdef emacs
-#ifdef static
+#  ifdef emacs
+#   ifdef static
 /* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
   in order to make unexec workable
   */
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
 you
 lose
 -- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
-#endif /* static */
-#endif /* emacs */
+#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#   endif /* static */
+#  endif /* emacs */

 /* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */

-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
 long i00afunc ();
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
-#else
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
-#endif
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#  else
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#  endif

-#if __STDC__
+#  if __STDC__
 typedef void *pointer;
-#else
+#  else
 typedef char *pointer;
-#endif
+#  endif

-#define	NULL	0
+#  ifndef NULL
+#   define NULL 0
+#  endif

 /* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
@@ -78,9 +80,9 @@ typedef char *pointer;

   Callers below should use malloc.  */

-#ifndef emacs
-#define malloc xmalloc
-#endif
+#  ifndef emacs
+#   define malloc xmalloc
+#  endif
 extern pointer malloc ();

 /* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
@@ -91,18 +93,18 @@ extern pointer malloc ();
   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */

-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
-#endif
+#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#  endif

-#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0

-#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */

-#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */

 static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
-#define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir

 static void
 find_stack_direction ()
@@ -126,7 +128,7 @@ find_stack_direction ()
    }
 }

-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */

 /* An "alloca header" is used to:
   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
@@ -135,9 +137,9 @@ find_stack_direction ()
   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */

-#ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
-#define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
-#endif
+#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#  endif

 typedef union hdr
 {
@@ -159,26 +161,25 @@ static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */

 pointer
-alloca (size)
-     unsigned size;
+alloca (unsigned size)
 {
  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);

-#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
    find_stack_direction ();
-#endif
+#  endif

  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
-     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */

  {
    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */

-#ifdef emacs
+#  ifdef emacs
    BLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
+#  endif

    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
@@ -195,9 +196,9 @@ alloca (size)

    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */

-#ifdef emacs
+#  ifdef emacs
    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
+#  endif
  }

  if (size == 0)
@@ -220,15 +221,15 @@ alloca (size)
  }
 }

-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)

-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
+#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#   endif

-#ifndef CRAY_STACK
-#define CRAY_STACK
-#ifndef CRAY2
+#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#    define CRAY_STACK
+#    ifndef CRAY2
 /* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
 struct stack_control_header
  {
@@ -280,7 +281,7 @@ struct stack_segment_linkage
    long sss7;
  };

-#else /* CRAY2 */
+#    else /* CRAY2 */
 /* The following structure defines the vector of words
   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
 struct stk_stat
@@ -333,12 +334,12 @@ struct stk_trailer
    long unknown14;
  };

-#endif /* CRAY2 */
-#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+#    endif /* CRAY2 */
+#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */

-#ifdef CRAY2
+#   ifdef CRAY2
 /* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
-   I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */

 static long
 i00afunc (long *address)
@@ -407,7 +408,7 @@ i00afunc (long *address)
  return (result);
 }

-#else /* not CRAY2 */
+#   else /* not CRAY2 */
 /* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
@@ -452,9 +453,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)

  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
    {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
-#endif
+#    endif
      if (pseg == 0)
 	break;
      stkl = stkl - pseg;
@@ -473,9 +474,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)

  while (pseg != 0)
    {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
-#endif
+#    endif
      stkl = stkl - pseg;
      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
      size = ssptr->sssize;
@@ -485,8 +486,8 @@ i00afunc (long address)
  return (result);
 }

-#endif /* not CRAY2 */
-#endif /* CRAY */
+#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#  endif /* CRAY */

-#endif /* no alloca */
+# endif /* no alloca */
 #endif /* not GCC version 2 */
--- a/lib/argmatch.c
+++ b/lib/argmatch.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,32 +15,83 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "argmatch.h"

 #include <stdio.h>
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
 # include <string.h>
 #endif

-extern char *program_name;
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif

-/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
-   null-terminated array OPTLIST, return the index in OPTLIST
-   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
-   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif

-int
-argmatch (arg, optlist)
-     const char *arg;
-     const char *const *optlist;
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE escape_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
+   systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
+   is defined to 0, not 1.  */
+#if !EXIT_FAILURE
+# undef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
 {
-  int i;			/* Temporary index in OPTLIST.  */
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+   If SENSITIVE, comparison is case sensitive.
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
+
+static int
+__argmatch_internal (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		     const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		     int case_sensitive)
+{
+  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
  size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
@@ -48,19 +99,30 @@ argmatch (arg, optlist)
  arglen = strlen (arg);

  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
-  for (i = 0; optlist[i]; i++)
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
    {
-      if (!strncmp (optlist[i], arg, arglen))
+      if (case_sensitive
+	  ? !strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen)
+	  : !strncasecmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
 	{
-	  if (strlen (optlist[i]) == arglen)
+	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
 	    /* Exact match found.  */
 	    return i;
 	  else if (matchind == -1)
 	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
 	    matchind = i;
 	  else
-	    /* Second nonexact match found.  */
-	    ambiguous = 1;
+	    {
+	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+	      if (vallist == NULL
+		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
+			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+		{
+		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+		     disambiguate. */
+		  ambiguous = 1;
+		}
+	    }
 	}
    }
  if (ambiguous)
@@ -69,21 +131,186 @@ argmatch (arg, optlist)
    return matchind;
 }

+/* argmatch - case sensitive version */
+int
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 1);
+}
+
+/* argcasematch - case insensitive version */
+int
+argcasematch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 0);
+}
+
 /* Error reporting for argmatch.
-   KIND is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */

 void
-invalid_arg (kind, value, problem)
-     const char *kind;
-     const char *value;
-     int problem;
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
 {
-  fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
-  if (problem == -1)
-    fprintf (stderr, "invalid");
-  else				/* Assume -2.  */
-    fprintf (stderr, "ambiguous");
-  fprintf (stderr, " %s `%s'\n", kind, value);
+  enum quoting_style saved_quoting_style;
+  char const *format;
+
+  /* Make sure to have a good quoting style to report errors.
+     literal is insane here. */
+  saved_quoting_style = get_quoting_style (NULL);
+  set_quoting_style (NULL, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE);
+
+  format = (problem == -1
+	    ? _("invalid argument `%s' for `%s'")
+	    : _("ambiguous argument `%s' for `%s'"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg (value), context);
+
+  set_quoting_style (NULL, saved_quoting_style);
 }
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
+	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		      int case_sensitive,
+		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
+{
+  int res = __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist,
+				 vallist, valsize,
+				 case_sensitive);
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
+		      const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+ */
+char *program_name;
+extern const char *getenv ();
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  none,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  none, none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
+
+  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
+	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
--- a/lib/argmatch.h
+++ b/lib/argmatch.h
@@ -1,18 +1,129 @@
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_H
-#define ARGMATCH_H 1
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-#ifndef __P
-# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#  define __P(args) args
-# else
-#  define __P(args) ()
-# endif  /* GCC.  */
-#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-int
-  argmatch __P ((const char *arg, const char *const *optlist));
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-void
-  invalid_arg __P ((const char *kind, const char *value, int problem));
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-#endif /* ARGMATCH_H */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  endif  /* GCC.  */
+# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  There is no execution
+   cost, since it will be statically evalauted to `assert (0)' or
+   `assert (1)'.  Unfortunately there is no -Wassert-0. */
+
+# undef ARRAY_CARDINALITY
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof ((Array)) / sizeof (*(Array)))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist)      \
+  assert (ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Arglist)) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Vallist)) + 1)
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+int argmatch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+int argcasematch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+# define ARGCASEMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argcasematch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) PARAMS ((void));
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid
+  PARAMS ((const char *context, const char *value, int problem));
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid ((Context), (Value), (Problem))
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid
+  PARAMS ((const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (const char *) Vallist, sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+
+
+/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
+   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int __xargmatch_internal
+  PARAMS ((const char *context,
+	   const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+	   int case_sensitive, argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn));
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  1, argmatch_die)])
+
+# define XARGCASEMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  0, argmatch_die)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+const char *argmatch_to_argument
+  PARAMS ((char const *value, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  argmatch_to_argument ((char const *) &(Value), (Arglist), 		\
+		        (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */
--- a/lib/backupfile.c
+++ b/lib/backupfile.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,100 +12,103 @@
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-/* David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
   Some algorithms adapted from GNU Emacs. */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

+#include <argmatch.h>
+#include <backupfile.h>
+
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#include "backupfile.h"
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif

-#ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
 # include <dirent.h>
-# define NLENGTH(direct) (strlen((direct)->d_name))
-#else /* not HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+# define NLENGTH(direct) strlen ((direct)->d_name)
+#else
 # define dirent direct
-# define NLENGTH(direct) ((direct)->d_namlen)
-# ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+# define NLENGTH(direct) ((size_t) (direct)->d_namlen)
+# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
 #  include <sys/ndir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
-# ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
 #  include <sys/dir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
-# ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H
+# endif
+# if HAVE_NDIR_H
 #  include <ndir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_NDIR_H */
-#endif /* HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+# endif
+#endif

-#ifdef CLOSEDIR_VOID
+#if CLOSEDIR_VOID
 /* Fake a return value. */
 # define CLOSEDIR(d) (closedir (d), 0)
 #else
 # define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
 #endif

-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 char *malloc ();
 #endif

-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
-#else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+char *getenv ();
 #endif

-#define ISDIGIT_LOCALE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isdigit (c))
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));

-/* ISDIGIT differs from ISDIGIT_LOCALE, as follows:
+#if HAVE_DIRENT_H || HAVE_NDIR_H || HAVE_SYS_DIR_H || HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+# define HAVE_DIR 1
+#else
+# define HAVE_DIR 0
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+/* Upper bound on the string length of an integer converted to string.
+   302 / 1000 is ceil (log10 (2.0)).  Subtract 1 for the sign bit;
+   add 1 for integer division truncation; add 1 more for a minus sign.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) * 302 / 1000 + 2)
+
+/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
   - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char.
   - It's guaranteed to evaluate its argument exactly once.
   - It's typically faster.
   Posix 1003.2-1992 section 2.5.2.1 page 50 lines 1556-1558 says that
-   only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to ISDIGIT_LOCALE unless
+   only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to isdigit unless
   it's important to use the locale's definition of `digit' even when the
   host does not conform to Posix.  */
 #define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)

-#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined (_POSIX_VERSION)
-/* POSIX does not require that the d_ino field be present, and some
-   systems do not provide it. */
-# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
-#else
+#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT
 # define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) ((dp)->d_ino != 0)
+#else
+# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
 #endif

-/* Which type of backup file names are generated. */
-enum backup_type backup_type = none;
-
 /* The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed
   to numbered) backup file name. */
-char *simple_backup_suffix = "~";
+const char *simple_backup_suffix = "~";

-char *basename ();
-char *dirname ();
-static char *concat ();
-char *find_backup_file_name ();
-static char *make_version_name ();
-static int max_backup_version ();
-static int version_number ();
+static int max_backup_version PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+static int version_number PARAMS ((const char *, const char *, size_t));

 /* Return the name of the new backup file for file FILE,
   allocated with malloc.  Return 0 if out of memory.
@@ -113,41 +116,56 @@ static int version_number ();
   Do not call this function if backup_type == none. */

 char *
-find_backup_file_name (file)
-     const char *file;
+find_backup_file_name (const char *file, enum backup_type backup_type)
 {
-  char *dir;
-  char *base_versions;
-  int highest_backup;
+  size_t backup_suffix_size_max;
+  size_t file_len = strlen (file);
+  size_t numbered_suffix_size_max = INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 4;
+  char *s;
+  const char *suffix = simple_backup_suffix;

-  if (backup_type == simple)
-    return concat (file, simple_backup_suffix);
-  base_versions = concat (basename (file), ".~");
-  if (base_versions == 0)
-    return 0;
-  dir = dirname (file);
-  if (dir == 0)
+  /* Allow room for simple or `.~N~' backups.  */
+  backup_suffix_size_max = strlen (simple_backup_suffix) + 1;
+  if (HAVE_DIR && backup_suffix_size_max < numbered_suffix_size_max)
+    backup_suffix_size_max = numbered_suffix_size_max;
+
+  s = malloc (file_len + backup_suffix_size_max + numbered_suffix_size_max);
+  if (s)
    {
-      free (base_versions);
-      return 0;
+      strcpy (s, file);
+
+#if HAVE_DIR
+      if (backup_type != simple)
+	{
+	  int highest_backup;
+	  size_t dir_len = base_name (s) - s;
+
+	  strcpy (s + dir_len, ".");
+	  highest_backup = max_backup_version (file + dir_len, s);
+	  if (! (backup_type == numbered_existing && highest_backup == 0))
+	    {
+	      char *numbered_suffix = s + (file_len + backup_suffix_size_max);
+	      sprintf (numbered_suffix, ".~%d~", highest_backup + 1);
+	      suffix = numbered_suffix;
+	    }
+	  strcpy (s, file);
+	}
+#endif /* HAVE_DIR */
+
+      addext (s, suffix, '~');
    }
-  highest_backup = max_backup_version (base_versions, dir);
-  free (base_versions);
-  free (dir);
-  if (backup_type == numbered_existing && highest_backup == 0)
-    return concat (file, simple_backup_suffix);
-  return make_version_name (file, highest_backup + 1);
+  return s;
 }

+#if HAVE_DIR
+
 /* Return the number of the highest-numbered backup file for file
   FILE in directory DIR.  If there are no numbered backups
   of FILE in DIR, or an error occurs reading DIR, return 0.
-   FILE should already have ".~" appended to it. */
+   */

 static int
-max_backup_version (file, dir)
-     const char *file;
-     const char *dir;
+max_backup_version (const char *file, const char *dir)
 {
  DIR *dirp;
  struct dirent *dp;
@@ -164,7 +182,7 @@ max_backup_version (file, dir)

  while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != 0)
    {
-      if (!REAL_DIR_ENTRY (dp) || NLENGTH (dp) <= file_name_length)
+      if (!REAL_DIR_ENTRY (dp) || NLENGTH (dp) < file_name_length + 4)
 	continue;

      this_version = version_number (file, dp->d_name, file_name_length);
@@ -176,62 +194,75 @@ max_backup_version (file, dir)
  return highest_version;
 }

-/* Return a string, allocated with malloc, containing
-   "FILE.~VERSION~".  Return 0 if out of memory. */
-
-static char *
-make_version_name (file, version)
-     const char *file;
-     int version;
-{
-  char *backup_name;
-
-  backup_name = malloc (strlen (file) + 16);
-  if (backup_name == 0)
-    return 0;
-  sprintf (backup_name, "%s.~%d~", file, version);
-  return backup_name;
-}
-
 /* If BACKUP is a numbered backup of BASE, return its version number;
   otherwise return 0.  BASE_LENGTH is the length of BASE.
-   BASE should already have ".~" appended to it. */
+   */

 static int
-version_number (base, backup, base_length)
-     const char *base;
-     const char *backup;
-     int base_length;
+version_number (const char *base, const char *backup, size_t base_length)
 {
  int version;
  const char *p;

  version = 0;
-  if (!strncmp (base, backup, base_length) && ISDIGIT (backup[base_length]))
+  if (strncmp (base, backup, base_length) == 0
+      && backup[base_length] == '.'
+      && backup[base_length + 1] == '~')
    {
-      for (p = &backup[base_length]; ISDIGIT (*p); ++p)
+      for (p = &backup[base_length + 2]; ISDIGIT (*p); ++p)
 	version = version * 10 + *p - '0';
      if (p[0] != '~' || p[1])
 	version = 0;
    }
  return version;
 }
+#endif /* HAVE_DIR */

-/* Return the newly-allocated concatenation of STR1 and STR2.
-   If out of memory, return 0. */
-
-static char *
-concat (str1, str2)
-     const char *str1;
-     const char *str2;
+static const char * const backup_args[] =
 {
-  char *newstr;
-  int str1_length = strlen (str1);
+  /* In a series of synonyms, present the most meaning full first, so
+     that argmatch_valid be more readable. */
+  "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};

-  newstr = malloc (str1_length + strlen (str2) + 1);
-  if (newstr == 0)
-    return 0;
-  strcpy (newstr, str1);
-  strcpy (newstr + str1_length, str2);
-  return newstr;
+static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
+{
+  none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
+};
+
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL or the empty string, return numbered_existing.
+   If VERSION is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic appropriate
+   for the specified CONTEXT.  Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
+
+enum backup_type
+get_version (const char *context, const char *version)
+{
+  if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
+    return numbered_existing;
+  else
+    return XARGMATCH (context, version, backup_args, backup_types);
+}
+
+
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL, use the value of the envvar VERSION_CONTROL.
+   If the specified string is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic
+   appropriate for the specified CONTEXT.
+   Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
+
+enum backup_type
+xget_version (const char *context, const char *version)
+{
+  if (version && *version)
+    return get_version (context, version);
+  else
+    return get_version ("$VERSION_CONTROL", getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL"));
 }
--- a/lib/backupfile.h
+++ b/lib/backupfile.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1992, 1997-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,8 +12,12 @@
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef BACKUPFILE_H_
+# define BACKUPFILE_H_

 /* When to make backup files. */
 enum backup_type
@@ -32,11 +36,25 @@ enum backup_type
  numbered
 };

-extern enum backup_type backup_type;
-extern char *simple_backup_suffix;
+# define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type)	\
+  ((Type) == none			\
+   || (Type) == simple			\
+   || (Type) == numbered_existing	\
+   || (Type) == numbered)

-#ifdef __STDC__
-char *find_backup_file_name (const char *file);
-#else
-char *find_backup_file_name ();
-#endif
+extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+char *find_backup_file_name PARAMS ((char const *, enum backup_type));
+enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
+enum backup_type xget_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
+void addext PARAMS ((char *, char const *, int));
+
+#endif /* ! BACKUPFILE_H_ */
--- a/lib/basename.c
+++ b/lib/basename.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,24 +15,41 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-/* Return NAME with any leading path stripped off.
-   Don't use strrchr/rindex.  */
+#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+   If NAME is all slashes, be sure to return `/'.  */

 char *
-basename (name)
-     const char *name;
+base_name (char const *name)
 {
-  const char *base = name;
+  char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  int all_slashes = 1;
+  char const *p;

-  while (*name)
+  for (p = name; *p; p++)
    {
-      if (*name == '/')
-	base = name + 1;
-      ++name;
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	base = p + 1;
+      else
+	all_slashes = 0;
    }
+
+  /* If NAME is all slashes, arrange to return `/'.  */
+  if (*base == '\0' && ISSLASH (*name) && all_slashes)
+    --base;
+
  return (char *) base;
 }
--- a/lib/bumpalloc.h
+++ b/lib/bumpalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* BUMP_ALLOC macro - increase table allocation by one element.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1990.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| Bump the allocation of the array pointed to by TABLE whenever required.  |
+| The table already has already COUNT elements in it, this macro ensure it |
+| has enough space to accommodate at least one more element.  Space is	   |
+| allocated (2 ^ EXPONENT) elements at a time.  Each element of the array  |
+| is of type TYPE.							   |
+`-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Routines `xmalloc' and `xrealloc' are called to do the actual memory
+   management.  This implies that the program will abort with an `Memory
+   exhausted!' error if any problem arise.
+
+   To work correctly, at least EXPONENT and TYPE should always be the
+   same for all uses of this macro for any given TABLE.  A secure way to
+   achieve this is to never use this macro directly, but use it to define
+   other macros, which would then be TABLE-specific.
+
+   The first time through, COUNT is usually zero.  Note that COUNT is not
+   updated by this macro, but it should be update elsewhere, later.  This
+   is convenient, because it allows TABLE[COUNT] to refer to the new
+   element at the end.  Once its construction is completed, COUNT++ will
+   record it in the table.  Calling this macro several times in a row
+   without updating COUNT is a bad thing to do.  */
+
+#define BUMP_ALLOC(Table, Count, Exponent, Type) \
+  BUMP_ALLOC_WITH_SIZE ((Table), (Count), (Exponent), Type, sizeof (Type))
+
+/* In cases `sizeof TYPE' would not always yield the correct value for
+   the size of each element entry, this macro accepts a supplementary
+   SIZE argument.  The EXPONENT, TYPE and SIZE parameters should still
+   have the same value for all macro calls related to a specific TABLE.  */
+
+#define BUMP_ALLOC_WITH_SIZE(Table, Count, Exponent, Type, Size)	\
+  do									\
+    {									\
+      if (((Count) & (~(~0 << (Exponent)))) == 0)			\
+	{								\
+	  if ((Count) == 0)						\
+	    (Table) = (Type *) xmalloc ((1 << (Exponent)) * (Size));	\
+	  else								\
+	    (Table) = (Type *)						\
+	      xrealloc ((Table), ((Count) + (1 << (Exponent))) * (Size)); \
+	}								\
+    }									\
+  while (0)
--- a/lib/canon-host.c
+++ b/lib/canon-host.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Host name canonicalization

-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>

@@ -43,11 +43,12 @@
 # include <arpa/inet.h>
 #endif

+void free ();
+
 /* Returns the canonical hostname associated with HOST (allocated in a static
   buffer), or 0 if it can't be determined.  */
 char *
-canon_host (host)
-     char *host;
+canon_host (const char *host)
 {
 #ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
  struct hostent *he = gethostbyname (host);
@@ -68,9 +69,23 @@ canon_host (host)
 	}

      if (addr && strcmp (he->h_name, addr) == 0)
-	/* gethostbyname() cheated!  Lookup the host name via the address
-	   this time to get the actual host name.  */
-	he = gethostbyaddr (he->h_addr, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	{
+	  /* gethostbyname has returned a string representation of the IP
+	     address, for example, "127.0.0.1".  So now, look up the host
+	     name via the address.  Although it may seem reasonable to look
+	     up the host name via the address, we must not pass `he->h_addr'
+	     directly to gethostbyaddr because on some systems he->h_addr
+	     is located in a static library buffer that is reused in the
+	     gethostbyaddr call.  Make a copy and use that instead.  */
+	  char *h_addr_copy = strdup (he->h_addr);
+	  if (h_addr_copy == NULL)
+	    he = NULL;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      he = gethostbyaddr (h_addr_copy, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	      free (h_addr_copy);
+	    }
+	}
 # endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR */

      if (he)
@@ -79,3 +94,17 @@ canon_host (host)
 #endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME */
  return 0;
 }
+
+#ifdef TEST_CANON_HOST
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      char *s = canon_host (argv[i]);
+      printf ("%s: %s\n", argv[i], (s ? s : "<undef>"));
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif /* TEST_CANON_HOST */
--- a/lib/chown.c
+++ b/lib/chown.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* provide consistent interface to chown for systems that don't interpret
+   an ID of -1 as meaning `don't change the corresponding ID'.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definition of chown to rpl_chown (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_chown on
+   most systems.  */
+#undef chown
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: describe.  */
+
+int
+rpl_chown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+{
+  if (gid == (gid_t) -1 || uid == (uid_t) -1)
+    {
+      struct stat file_stats;
+
+      /* Stat file to get id(s) that should remain unchanged.  */
+      if (stat (file, &file_stats))
+	return 1;
+
+      if (gid == (gid_t) -1)
+	gid = file_stats.st_gid;
+
+      if (uid == (uid_t) -1)
+	uid = file_stats.st_uid;
+    }
+
+  return chown (file, uid, gid);
+}
--- a/lib/closeout.c
+++ b/lib/closeout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* closeout.c - close standard output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "closeout.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.
+   If a program writes *anything* to stdout, that program should `fflush'
+   stdout and make sure that it succeeds before exiting.  Otherwise,
+   suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
+   of every function that does an explicit write to stdout.  The last
+   printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
+   the fclose(stdout) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
+   when it tries to write out that buffered data.  Thus, you would be
+   left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
+   exit successfully.
+
+   FIXME: note the fflush suggested above is implicit in the fclose
+   we actually do below.  Consider doing only the fflush and/or using
+   setvbuf to inhibit buffering.
+
+   Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
+   that writes to stdout -- just let the internal stream state record
+   the failure.  That's what the ferror test is checking below.
+
+   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
+   tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
+   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
+void
+close_stdout_status (int status)
+{
+  if (ferror (stdout))
+    error (status, 0, _("write error"));
+  if (fclose (stdout) != 0)
+    error (status, errno, _("write error"));
+}
+
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status EXIT_FAILURE on failure.  */
+void
+close_stdout (void)
+{
+  close_stdout_status (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
--- a/lib/closeout.h
+++ b/lib/closeout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+void close_stdout PARAMS ((void));
+void close_stdout_status PARAMS ((int status));
--- a/lib/diacrit.c
+++ b/lib/diacrit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* Diacritics processing for a few character codes.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1988.
+
+   All this file is a temporary hack, waiting for locales in GNU.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "diacrit.h"
+
+/* ISO 8859-1 Latin-1 code is used as the underlying character set.  If
+   MSDOS is defined, IBM-PC's character set code is used instead.  */
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| For each alphabetic character, returns what it would be without its |
+| possible diacritic symbol.					      |
+`--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+const char diacrit_base[256] =
+{
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      'A',    'B',    'C',    'D',    'E',    'F',    'G',
+  'H',    'I',    'J',    'K',    'L',    'M',    'N',    'O',
+  'P',    'Q',    'R',    'S',    'T',    'U',    'V',    'W',
+  'X',    'Y',    'Z',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      'a',    'b',    'c',    'd',    'e',    'f',    'g',
+  'h',    'i',    'j',    'k',    'l',    'm',    'n',    'o',
+  'p',    'q',    'r',    's',    't',    'u',    'v',    'w',
+  'x',    'y',    'z',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+
+#ifdef MSDOS
+
+  'C',    'u',    'e',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'c',
+  'e',    'e',    'e',    'i',    'i',    'i',    'A',    'A',
+  'E',    'e',    'E',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'u',    'u',
+  'y',    'O',    'U',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  'a',    'i',    'o',    'u',    'n',    'N',    0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+
+#else /* not MSDOS */
+
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'C',
+  'E',    'E',    'E',    'E',    'I',    'I',    'I',    'I',
+  0,      'N',    'O',    'O',    'O',    'O',    'O',    0,
+  'O',    'U',    'U',    'U',    'U',    'Y',    0,      0,
+  'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'c',
+  'e',    'e',    'e',    'e',    'i',    'i',    'i',    'i',
+  0,      'n',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    0,
+  'o',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'y',    0,      'y',
+
+#endif /* not MSDOS */
+};
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| For each alphabetic character, returns a code of what its diacritic is, |
+| according to the following codes: 1 (eE) over aA for latin diphtongs; 2 |
+| (') acute accent; 3 (`) grave accent; 4 (^) circumflex accent; 5 (")	  |
+| umlaut or diaraesis; 6 (~) tilda; 7 (,) cedilla; 8 (o) covering degree  |
+| symbol; 9 (|) slashed character.					  |
+`------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+const char diacrit_diac[256] =
+{
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      4,      0,
+  3,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      6,      0,
+
+#ifdef MSDOS
+
+  7,      5,      2,      4,      5,      3,      8,      7,
+  4,      5,      3,      5,      4,      3,      5,      8,
+  2,      1,      1,      4,      5,      3,      4,      3,
+  5,      5,      5,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  2,      2,      2,      2,      6,      6,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+
+#else /* not MSDOS */
+
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      8,      1,      7,
+  3,      2,      4,      5,      3,      2,      4,      5,
+  0,      6,      3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      0,
+  9,      3,      2,      4,      5,      2,      0,      0,
+  3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      8,      1,      7,
+  3,      2,      4,      5,      3,      2,      4,      5,
+  0,      6,      3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      0,
+  9,      3,      2,      4,      5,      2,      0,      0,
+
+#endif /* not MSDOS */
+};
--- a/lib/diacrit.h
+++ b/lib/diacrit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* Diacritics processing for a few character codes.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1988.
+
+   All this file is a temporary hack, waiting for locales in GNU.
+*/
+
+extern const char diacrit_base[]; /* characters without diacritics */
+extern const char diacrit_diac[]; /* diacritic code for each character */
+
+/* Returns CHAR without its diacritic.  CHAR is known to be alphabetic.  */
+#define tobase(Char) (diacrit_base[(unsigned char) (Char)])
+
+/* Returns a diacritic code for CHAR.  CHAR is known to be alphabetic.  */
+#define todiac(Char) (diacrit_diac[(unsigned char) (Char)])
+
--- a/lib/dirname.c
+++ b/lib/dirname.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,32 +15,33 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
-#ifndef strrchr
-#define strrchr rindex
-#endif
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef strrchr
+#  define strrchr rindex
+# endif
 #endif

+#include "dirname.h"
+
 /* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
   Assumes that trailing slashes have already been
   removed.  */

 char *
-dirname (path)
-     char *path;
+dir_name (const char *path)
 {
  char *newpath;
  char *slash;
--- a/lib/dirname.h
+++ b/lib/dirname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+char *
+dir_name PARAMS ((const char *path));
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
--- a/lib/error.c
+++ b/lib/error.c
@@ -1,23 +1,27 @@
-/* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.

-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */

-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

@@ -43,13 +47,12 @@
 void exit ();
 #endif

+#include "error.h"
+
 #ifndef _
 # define _(String) String
 #endif

-/* Get prototypes for the functions defined here.  */
-#include <error.h>
-
 /* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
   function without parameters instead.  */
@@ -68,17 +71,25 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 # define program_name program_invocation_name
 # include <errno.h>

-#else	/* not _LIBC */
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
+#else /* not _LIBC */

 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
   name of the executing program.  */
 extern char *program_name;

-# if HAVE_STRERROR
-#  ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
-char *strerror ();
-#  endif
+# ifdef HAVE_STRERROR_R
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
 # else
+#  if HAVE_STRERROR
+#   ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
+char *strerror ();
+#   endif
+#  else
 static char *
 private_strerror (errnum)
     int errnum;
@@ -87,11 +98,12 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
  extern int sys_nerr;

  if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
-    return sys_errlist[errnum];
+    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
  return _("Unknown system error");
 }
-#  define strerror private_strerror
-# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR */
+#   define strerror private_strerror
+#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
+# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R */
 #endif	/* not _LIBC */

 /* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
@@ -101,7 +113,7 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
 /* VARARGS */

 void
-#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
 error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
 #else
 error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
@@ -137,7 +149,17 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)

  ++error_message_count;
  if (errnum)
-    fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+    {
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
+      char errbuf[1024];
+      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
+	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
+      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+#endif
+    }
  putc ('\n', stderr);
  fflush (stderr);
  if (status)
@@ -149,7 +171,7 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
 int error_one_per_line;

 void
-#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
 error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
 	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
 #else
@@ -205,9 +227,24 @@ error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)

  ++error_message_count;
  if (errnum)
-    fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+    {
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
+      char errbuf[1024];
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+#endif
+    }
  putc ('\n', stderr);
  fflush (stderr);
  if (status)
    exit (status);
 }
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif
--- a/lib/error.h
+++ b/lib/error.h
@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
-/* error.h -- declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -12,26 +16,31 @@
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */

-#ifndef ERROR_H_
-# define ERROR_H_
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1

-# ifndef __attribute__
+#ifndef __attribute__
 /* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-#   define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
-#  endif
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
 /* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
-#   define __format__ format
-#   define __printf__ printf
-#  endif
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
 # endif
+#endif

-# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__

 /* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
@@ -49,11 +58,11 @@ extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
   function without parameters instead.  */
 extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);

-# else
+#else
 void error ();
 void error_at_line ();
 extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
-# endif
+#endif

 /* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
 extern unsigned int error_message_count;
@@ -62,4 +71,8 @@ extern unsigned int error_message_count;
   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
 extern int error_one_per_line;

-#endif /* not ERROR_H_ */
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */
--- a/lib/euidaccess.c
+++ b/lib/euidaccess.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* euidaccess -- check if effective user id can access file
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This file is part of the GNU C Library.

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 /* Written by David MacKenzie and Torbjorn Granlund.
   Adapted for GNU C library by Roland McGrath.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ static gid_t egid;
 /* Nonzero if UID, GID, EUID, and EGID have valid values. */
 static int have_ids = 0;

-# ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+# if HAVE_GETGROUPS
 int group_member ();
 # else
 #  define group_member(gid)	0
@@ -127,9 +127,7 @@ int group_member ();
   filesystem, text busy, etc. */

 int
-euidaccess (path, mode)
-     const char *path;
-     int mode;
+euidaccess (const char *path, int mode)
 {
  struct stat stats;
  int granted;
--- a/lib/exclude.c
+++ b/lib/exclude.c
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* exclude.c -- exclude file names
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#include <exclude.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *, size_t));
+
+/* Keep track of excluded file name patterns.  */
+
+struct exclude
+  {
+    char const **exclude;
+    int exclude_alloc;
+    int exclude_count;
+  };
+
+struct exclude *
+new_exclude (void)
+{
+  struct exclude *ex = (struct exclude *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct exclude));
+  ex->exclude_count = 0;
+  ex->exclude_alloc = 64;
+  ex->exclude = (char const **) xmalloc (ex->exclude_alloc * sizeof (char *));
+  return ex;
+}
+
+int
+excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
+{
+  char const * const *exclude = ex->exclude;
+  int exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0;  i < exclude_count;  i++)
+    if (fnmatch (exclude[i], f, 0) == 0)
+      return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern)
+{
+  if (ex->exclude_alloc <= ex->exclude_count)
+    ex->exclude = (char const **) xrealloc (ex->exclude,
+					    ((ex->exclude_alloc *= 2)
+					     * sizeof (char *)));
+
+  ex->exclude[ex->exclude_count++] = pattern;
+}
+
+int
+add_exclude_file (struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
+{
+  int use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
+  FILE *in;
+  char *buf;
+  char *p;
+  char const *pattern;
+  char const *lim;
+  size_t buf_alloc = 1024;
+  size_t buf_count = 0;
+  int c;
+  int e = 0;
+
+  if (use_stdin)
+    in = stdin;
+  else if (! (in = fopen (filename, "r")))
+    return -1;
+
+  buf = xmalloc (buf_alloc);
+
+  while ((c = getc (in)) != EOF)
+    {
+      buf[buf_count++] = c;
+      if (buf_count == buf_alloc)
+	buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_alloc *= 2);
+    }
+
+  buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
+
+  if (ferror (in))
+    e = errno;
+
+  if (!use_stdin && fclose (in) != 0)
+    e = errno;
+
+  for (pattern = p = buf, lim = buf + buf_count;  p <= lim;  p++)
+    if (p < lim ? *p == line_end : buf < p && p[-1])
+      {
+	*p = '\0';
+	add_exclude (ex, pattern);
+	pattern = p + 1;
+      }
+
+  errno = e;
+  return e ? -1 : 0;
+}
--- a/lib/exclude.h
+++ b/lib/exclude.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+struct exclude;
+
+struct exclude *new_exclude PARAMS ((void));
+void add_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *));
+int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *, char));
+int excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *));
--- a/lib/fileblocks.c
+++ b/lib/fileblocks.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Convert file size to number of blocks on System V-like machines.
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,23 +17,31 @@

 /* Written by Brian L. Matthews, blm@6sceng.UUCP. */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#if !defined (HAVE_ST_BLOCKS) && !defined(_POSIX_VERSION)
-# include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 # include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_ST_BLOCKS && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined BSIZE
+
+# if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif

 # ifndef NINDIR
-/* Some SysV's, like Irix, seem to lack these.  Hope they're correct. */
-/* Size of a indirect block, in bytes. */
-#  ifndef BSIZE
-#   define BSIZE 1024
+
+#  if defined (__DJGPP__)
+typedef long daddr_t; /* for disk address */
 #  endif

+/* Some SysV's, like Irix, seem to lack this.  Hope it's correct. */
 /* Number of inode pointers per indirect block. */
-#  define NINDIR (BSIZE/sizeof(daddr_t))
+#  define NINDIR (BSIZE / sizeof (daddr_t))
 # endif /* !NINDIR */

 /* Number of direct block addresses in an inode. */
@@ -41,12 +49,11 @@

 /* Return the number of 512-byte blocks in a file of SIZE bytes. */

-long
-st_blocks (size)
-     long size;
+off_t
+st_blocks (off_t size)
 {
-  long datablks = (size + 512 - 1) / 512;
-  long indrblks = 0;
+  off_t datablks = size / 512 + (size % 512 != 0);
+  off_t indrblks = 0;

  if (datablks > NDIR)
    {
--- a/lib/filemode.c
+++ b/lib/filemode.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,13 +15,15 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>

+#include "filemode.h"
+
 #if !S_IRUSR
 # if S_IREAD
 #  define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
@@ -47,51 +49,181 @@
 #endif

 #ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISBLK
-#undef S_ISCHR
-#undef S_ISDIR
-#undef S_ISFIFO
-#undef S_ISLNK
-#undef S_ISMPB
-#undef S_ISMPC
-#undef S_ISNWK
-#undef S_ISREG
-#undef S_ISSOCK
+# undef S_ISBLK
+# undef S_ISCHR
+# undef S_ISDIR
+# undef S_ISFIFO
+# undef S_ISLNK
+# undef S_ISMPB
+# undef S_ISMPC
+# undef S_ISNWK
+# undef S_ISREG
+# undef S_ISSOCK
 #endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */

 #if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
-#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+# define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
-#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+# define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
-#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+# define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
-#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+# define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
-#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+# define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
-#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+# define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */
-#define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
-#define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
+# define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
+# define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
 #endif
 #if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
-#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+# define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISDOOR) && defined(S_IFDOOR) /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+# define S_ISDOOR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDOOR)
 #endif

-void mode_string ();
-static char ftypelet ();
-static void rwx ();
-static void setst ();
+/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
+   flags in CHARS accordingly.  */
+
+static void
+rwx (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
+{
+  chars[0] = (bits & S_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
+  chars[1] = (bits & S_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
+  chars[2] = (bits & S_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
+}
+
+/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
+   according to the file mode BITS.  */
+
+static void
+setst (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
+{
+#ifdef S_ISUID
+  if (bits & S_ISUID)
+    {
+      if (chars[3] != 'x')
+	/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner.  */
+	chars[3] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[3] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISGID
+  if (bits & S_ISGID)
+    {
+      if (chars[6] != 'x')
+	/* Set-gid, but not executable by group.  */
+	chars[6] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[6] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISVTX
+  if (bits & S_ISVTX)
+    {
+      if (chars[9] != 'x')
+	/* Sticky, but not executable by others.  */
+	chars[9] = 'T';
+      else
+	chars[9] = 't';
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
+   file mode BITS:
+   'd' for directories
+   'D' for doors
+   'b' for block special files
+   'c' for character special files
+   'm' for multiplexor files
+   'M' for an off-line (regular) file
+   'l' for symbolic links
+   's' for sockets
+   'p' for fifos
+   '-' for regular files
+   '?' for any other file type.  */
+
+static char
+ftypelet (long int bits)
+{
+#ifdef S_ISBLK
+  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
+    return 'b';
+#endif
+  if (S_ISCHR (bits))
+    return 'c';
+  if (S_ISDIR (bits))
+    return 'd';
+  if (S_ISREG (bits))
+    return '-';
+#ifdef S_ISFIFO
+  if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
+    return 'p';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+  if (S_ISLNK (bits))
+    return 'l';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISSOCK
+  if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
+    return 's';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISMPC
+  if (S_ISMPC (bits))
+    return 'm';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISNWK
+  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
+    return 'n';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISDOOR
+  if (S_ISDOOR (bits))
+    return 'D';
+#endif
+
+  /* The following two tests are for Cray DMF (Data Migration
+     Facility), which is a HSM file system.  A migrated file has a
+     `st_dm_mode' that is different from the normal `st_mode', so any
+     tests for migrated files should use the former.  */
+
+#ifdef S_ISOFD
+  if (S_ISOFD (bits))
+    /* off line, with data  */
+    return 'M';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISOFL
+  /* off line, with no data  */
+  if (S_ISOFL (bits))
+    return 'M';
+#endif
+  return '?';
+}
+
+/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat'
+   is given as an argument.  */
+
+void
+mode_string (short unsigned int mode, char *str)
+{
+  str[0] = ftypelet ((long) mode);
+  rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
+  rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
+  rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
+  setst (mode, str);
+}

 /* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
   representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
@@ -130,137 +262,7 @@ static void setst ();
 	'T' if the file is sticky but not executable.  */

 void
-filemodestring (statp, str)
-     struct stat *statp;
-     char *str;
+filemodestring (struct stat *statp, char *str)
 {
  mode_string (statp->st_mode, str);
 }
-
-/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat'
-   is given as an argument.  */
-
-void
-mode_string (mode, str)
-     unsigned short mode;
-     char *str;
-{
-  str[0] = ftypelet ((long) mode);
-  rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
-  rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
-  rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
-  setst (mode, str);
-}
-
-/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
-   file mode BITS:
-   'd' for directories
-   'b' for block special files
-   'c' for character special files
-   'm' for multiplexor files
-   'l' for symbolic links
-   's' for sockets
-   'p' for fifos
-   '-' for regular files
-   '?' for any other file type.  */
-
-static char
-ftypelet (bits)
-     long bits;
-{
-#ifdef S_ISBLK
-  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
-    return 'b';
-#endif
-  if (S_ISCHR (bits))
-    return 'c';
-  if (S_ISDIR (bits))
-    return 'd';
-  if (S_ISREG (bits))
-    return '-';
-#ifdef S_ISFIFO
-  if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
-    return 'p';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISLNK
-  if (S_ISLNK (bits))
-    return 'l';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISSOCK
-  if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
-    return 's';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISMPC
-  if (S_ISMPC (bits))
-    return 'm';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISNWK
-  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
-    return 'n';
-#endif
-
-#ifdef S_ISOFD
-  /* Cray migrated dmf file.  */
-  if (S_ISOFD (bits))
-    return 'M';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISOFL
-  /* Cray migrated dmf file.  */
-  if (S_ISOFL (bits))
-    return 'M';
-#endif
-  return '?';
-}
-
-/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
-   flags in CHARS accordingly.  */
-
-static void
-rwx (bits, chars)
-     unsigned short bits;
-     char *chars;
-{
-  chars[0] = (bits & S_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
-  chars[1] = (bits & S_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
-  chars[2] = (bits & S_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
-}
-
-/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
-   according to the file mode BITS.  */
-
-static void
-setst (bits, chars)
-     unsigned short bits;
-     char *chars;
-{
-#ifdef S_ISUID
-  if (bits & S_ISUID)
-    {
-      if (chars[3] != 'x')
-	/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner.  */
-	chars[3] = 'S';
-      else
-	chars[3] = 's';
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISGID
-  if (bits & S_ISGID)
-    {
-      if (chars[6] != 'x')
-	/* Set-gid, but not executable by group.  */
-	chars[6] = 'S';
-      else
-	chars[6] = 's';
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISVTX
-  if (bits & S_ISVTX)
-    {
-      if (chars[9] != 'x')
-	/* Sticky, but not executable by others.  */
-	chars[9] = 'T';
-      else
-	chars[9] = 't';
-    }
-#endif
-}
--- a/lib/filemode.h
+++ b/lib/filemode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+void mode_string PARAMS ((short unsigned int mode, char *str));
--- a/lib/fnmatch.c
+++ b/lib/fnmatch.c
@@ -1,38 +1,32 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
-   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+  Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

+/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <ctype.h>

-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || !defined (isascii)
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
-#else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-#endif
-
-#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-

 /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
@@ -42,7 +36,16 @@
   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */

-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+
+
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+#  define ISASCII(c) 1
+# else
+#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+# endif
+
+# define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))


 # ifndef errno
@@ -52,16 +55,13 @@ extern int errno;
 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
 int
-fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
-     const char *pattern;
-     const char *string;
-     int flags;
+fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 {
  register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
  register char c;

-/* Note that this evalutes C many times.  */
-# define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+/* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
+# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))

  while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
    {
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
 	    {
 	      c = *p++;
+	      if (c == '\0')
+		/* Trailing \ loses.  */
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
 	      c = FOLD (c);
 	    }
 	  if (FOLD (*n) != c)
@@ -94,10 +97,24 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 	      (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
 	    return FNM_NOMATCH;

-	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++, ++n)
-	    if (((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/') ||
-		(c == '?' && *n == '\0'))
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
+	    {
+	      if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
+		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      else if (c == '?')
+		{
+		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
+		  if (*n == '\0')
+		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		  else
+		    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
+		       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
+		       less than three characters.  */
+		    ++n;
+		}
+	    }

 	  if (c == '\0')
 	    return 0;
@@ -134,7 +151,11 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 		register char cstart = c, cend = c;

 		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  cstart = cend = *p++;
+		  {
+		    if (*p == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    cstart = cend = *p++;
+		  }

 		cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);

@@ -181,8 +202,12 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)

 		c = *p++;
 		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
-		  ++p;
+		  {
+		    if (*p == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
+		    ++p;
+		  }
 	      }
 	    if (not)
 	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
--- a/lib/fsusage.c
+++ b/lib/fsusage.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* fsusage.c -- return space usage of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,10 +19,20 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include "fsusage.h"

+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
 int statfs ();

 #if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
@@ -62,30 +72,27 @@ int statfs ();
 int statvfs ();
 #endif

+/* Many space usage primitives use all 1 bits to denote a value that is
+   not applicable or unknown.  Propagate this information by returning
+   a uintmax_t value that is all 1 bits if the argument is all 1 bits,
+   even if the argument is unsigned and smaller than uintmax_t.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES(x) ((x) == -1 ? (uintmax_t) -1 : (uintmax_t) (x))
+
+/* Extract the top bit of X as an uintmax_t value.  */
+#define EXTRACT_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) \
+			    & ((uintmax_t) 1 << (sizeof (x) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+
+/* If a value is negative, many space usage primitives store it into an
+   integer variable by assignment, even if the variable's type is unsigned.
+   So, if a space usage variable X's top bit is set, convert X to the
+   uintmax_t value V such that (- (uintmax_t) V) is the negative of
+   the original value.  If X's top bit is clear, just yield X.
+   Use PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT if the original value might be negative;
+   otherwise, use PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) | ~ (EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (x) - 1))
+
 int safe_read ();

-/* Return the number of TOSIZE-byte blocks used by
-   BLOCKS FROMSIZE-byte blocks, rounding away from zero.
-   TOSIZE must be positive.  Return -1 if FROMSIZE is not positive.  */
-
-static long
-adjust_blocks (blocks, fromsize, tosize)
-     long blocks;
-     int fromsize, tosize;
-{
-  if (tosize <= 0)
-    abort ();
-  if (fromsize <= 0)
-    return -1;
-
-  if (fromsize == tosize)	/* e.g., from 512 to 512 */
-    return blocks;
-  else if (fromsize > tosize)	/* e.g., from 2048 to 512 */
-    return blocks * (fromsize / tosize);
-  else				/* e.g., from 256 to 512 */
-    return (blocks + (blocks < 0 ? -1 : 1)) / (tosize / fromsize);
-}
-
 /* Fill in the fields of FSP with information about space usage for
   the filesystem on which PATH resides.
   DISK is the device on which PATH is mounted, for space-getting
@@ -94,33 +101,33 @@ adjust_blocks (blocks, fromsize, tosize)
   ERRNO is either a system error value, or zero if DISK is NULL
   on a system that requires a non-NULL value.  */
 int
-get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
-     const char *path;
-     const char *disk;
-     struct fs_usage *fsp;
+get_fs_usage (const char *path, const char *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp)
 {
 #ifdef STAT_STATFS3_OSF1
-# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) adjust_blocks ((B), fsd.f_fsize, 512)

  struct statfs fsd;

  if (statfs (path, &fsd, sizeof (struct statfs)) != 0)
    return -1;

+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_fsize);
+
 #endif /* STAT_STATFS3_OSF1 */

 #ifdef STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA	/* Ultrix */
-# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) adjust_blocks ((B), 1024, 512)

  struct fs_data fsd;

  if (statfs (path, &fsd) != 1)
    return -1;
-  fsp->fsu_blocks = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.fd_req.btot);
-  fsp->fsu_bfree = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.fd_req.bfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.fd_req.bfreen);
-  fsp->fsu_files = fsd.fd_req.gtot;
-  fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.fd_req.gfree;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = 1024;
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.btot);
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.bfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.fd_req.bfreen);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.fd_req.bfreen) != 0;
+  fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.gtot);
+  fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.gfree);

 #endif /* STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA */

@@ -128,8 +135,6 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
 # ifndef SUPERBOFF
 #  define SUPERBOFF (SUPERB * 512)
 # endif
-# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) \
-    adjust_blocks ((B), (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 1024 : 512), 512)

  struct filsys fsd;
  int fd;
@@ -143,29 +148,35 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
  fd = open (disk, O_RDONLY);
  if (fd < 0)
    return -1;
-  lseek (fd, (long) SUPERBOFF, 0);
+  lseek (fd, (off_t) SUPERBOFF, 0);
  if (safe_read (fd, (char *) &fsd, sizeof fsd) != sizeof fsd)
    {
      close (fd);
      return -1;
    }
  close (fd);
-  fsp->fsu_blocks = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.s_fsize);
-  fsp->fsu_bfree = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.s_tfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.s_tfree);
-  fsp->fsu_files = (fsd.s_isize - 2) * INOPB * (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 2 : 1);
-  fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.s_tinode;
+
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 1024 : 512);
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_fsize);
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_tfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.s_tfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.s_tfree) != 0;
+  fsp->fsu_files = (fsd.s_isize == -1
+		    ? (uintmax_t) -1
+		    : (fsd.s_isize - 2) * INOPB * (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 2 : 1));
+  fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_tinode);

 #endif /* STAT_READ_FILSYS */

 #ifdef STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS 4, HP-UX, AIX */
-# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) adjust_blocks ((B), fsd.f_bsize, 512)

  struct statfs fsd;

  if (statfs (path, &fsd) < 0)
    return -1;

+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bsize);
+
 # ifdef STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS

  /* In SunOS 4.1.2, 4.1.3, and 4.1.3_U1, the block counts in the
@@ -184,60 +195,60 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
 #endif /* STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE */

 #ifdef STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE	/* 4.4BSD */
-# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) adjust_blocks ((B), fsd.f_fsize, 512)

  struct statfs fsd;

  if (statfs (path, &fsd) < 0)
    return -1;

+  fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_fsize);
+
 #endif /* STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE */

 #ifdef STAT_STATFS4		/* SVR3, Dynix, Irix, AIX */
-# if _AIX || defined(_CRAY)
-#  define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) adjust_blocks ((B), fsd.f_bsize, 512)
-#  ifdef _CRAY
-#   define f_bavail f_bfree
-#  endif
-# else
-#  define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) (B)
-#  ifndef _SEQUENT_		/* _SEQUENT_ is DYNIX/ptx */
-#   ifndef DOLPHIN		/* DOLPHIN 3.8.alfa/7.18 has f_bavail */
-#    define f_bavail f_bfree
-#   endif
-#  endif
+
+# if !_AIX && !defined _SEQUENT_ && !defined DOLPHIN
+#  define f_bavail f_bfree
 # endif

  struct statfs fsd;

  if (statfs (path, &fsd, sizeof fsd, 0) < 0)
    return -1;
+
  /* Empirically, the block counts on most SVR3 and SVR3-derived
     systems seem to always be in terms of 512-byte blocks,
     no matter what value f_bsize has.  */
+# if _AIX || defined(_CRAY)
+   fsp->fsu_blocksize = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bsize);
+# else
+   fsp->fsu_blocksize = 512;
+# endif

 #endif /* STAT_STATFS4 */

 #ifdef STAT_STATVFS		/* SVR4 */
-# define CONVERT_BLOCKS(B) \
-    adjust_blocks ((B), fsd.f_frsize ? fsd.f_frsize : fsd.f_bsize, 512)

  struct statvfs fsd;

  if (statvfs (path, &fsd) < 0)
    return -1;
+
  /* f_frsize isn't guaranteed to be supported.  */
+  fsp->fsu_blocksize =
+    PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_frsize ? fsd.f_frsize : fsd.f_bsize);

 #endif /* STAT_STATVFS */

 #if !defined(STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA) && !defined(STAT_READ_FILSYS)
 				/* !Ultrix && !SVR2 */

-  fsp->fsu_blocks = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.f_blocks);
-  fsp->fsu_bfree = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.f_bfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = CONVERT_BLOCKS (fsd.f_bavail);
-  fsp->fsu_files = fsd.f_files;
-  fsp->fsu_ffree = fsd.f_ffree;
+  fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_blocks);
+  fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail) != 0;
+  fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_files);
+  fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_ffree);

 #endif /* not STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA && not STAT_READ_FILSYS */

@@ -248,9 +259,7 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
 /* AIX PS/2 does not supply statfs.  */

 int
-statfs (path, fsb)
-     char *path;
-     struct statfs *fsb;
+statfs (char *path, struct statfs *fsb)
 {
  struct stat stats;
  struct dustat fsd;
--- a/lib/fsusage.h
+++ b/lib/fsusage.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* fsusage.h -- declarations for filesystem space usage info
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,22 +16,30 @@
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* Space usage statistics for a filesystem.  Blocks are 512-byte. */
+
+#if !defined FSUSAGE_H_
+# define FSUSAGE_H_
+
 struct fs_usage
 {
-  long fsu_blocks;		/* Total blocks. */
-  long fsu_bfree;		/* Free blocks available to superuser. */
-  long fsu_bavail;		/* Free blocks available to non-superuser. */
-  long fsu_files;		/* Total file nodes. */
-  long fsu_ffree;		/* Free file nodes. */
+  int fsu_blocksize;		/* Size of a block.  */
+  uintmax_t fsu_blocks;		/* Total blocks. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_bfree;		/* Free blocks available to superuser. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_bavail;		/* Free blocks available to non-superuser. */
+  int fsu_bavail_top_bit_set;	/* 1 if fsu_bavail represents a value < 0.  */
+  uintmax_t fsu_files;		/* Total file nodes. */
+  uintmax_t fsu_ffree;		/* Free file nodes. */
 };

-#ifndef __P
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#define __P(args) args
-#else
-#define __P(args) ()
-#endif  /* GCC.  */
-#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif

-int get_fs_usage __P ((const char *path, const char *disk,
-		       struct fs_usage *fsp));
+int get_fs_usage PARAMS ((const char *path, const char *disk,
+			  struct fs_usage *fsp));
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/ftruncate.c
+++ b/lib/ftruncate.c
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 /* ftruncate emulations that work on some System V's.
   This file is in the public domain.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -11,28 +11,24 @@
 #ifdef F_CHSIZE

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  return fcntl (fd, F_CHSIZE, length);
 }

 #else /* not F_CHSIZE */
-#ifdef F_FREESP
+# ifdef F_FREESP

 /* By William Kucharski <kucharsk@netcom.com>.  */

-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
+#  include <sys/stat.h>
+#  include <errno.h>
+#  if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#   include <unistd.h>
+#  endif

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  struct flock fl;
  struct stat filebuf;
@@ -71,33 +67,29 @@ ftruncate (fd, length)
  return 0;
 }

-#else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP */
-#ifdef HAVE_CHSIZE
+# else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP */
+#  if HAVE_CHSIZE

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  return chsize (fd, length);
 }

-#else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP nor HAVE_CHSIZE */
+#  else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP nor HAVE_CHSIZE */

-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
+#   include <errno.h>
+#   ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
-#endif
+#   endif

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  errno = EIO;
  return -1;
 }

-#endif /* not HAVE_CHSIZE */
-#endif /* not F_FREESP */
+#  endif /* not HAVE_CHSIZE */
+# endif /* not F_FREESP */
 #endif /* not F_CHSIZE */
--- a/lib/full-write.c
+++ b/lib/full-write.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* full-write.c -- an interface to write that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -37,10 +37,7 @@ extern int errno;
   Return LEN upon success, write's (negative) error code otherwise.  */

 int
-full_write (desc, ptr, len)
-     int desc;
-     char *ptr;
-     size_t len;
+full_write (int desc, const char *ptr, size_t len)
 {
  int total_written;

@@ -48,6 +45,10 @@ full_write (desc, ptr, len)
  while (len > 0)
    {
      int written = write (desc, ptr, len);
+      /* FIXME: write on my slackware Linux 1.2.13 returns zero when
+	 I try to write more data than there is room on a floppy disk.
+	 This puts dd into an infinite loop.  Reproduce with
+	 dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/fd0.  */
      if (written < 0)
 	{
 #ifdef EINTR
--- a/lib/getdate.h
+++ b/lib/getdate.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,28 +14,28 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__
-#   define PARAMS(args) args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(args) ()
-#  endif
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
 # endif
+#endif

-#if defined (vms)
+#ifdef vms
 # include <types.h>
 # include <time.h>
 #else
 # include <sys/types.h>
-# ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+# if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
 #  include <sys/time.h>
 #  include <time.h>
 # else
-#  ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
 #   include <sys/time.h>
 #  else
 #   include <time.h>
--- a/lib/getdate.y
+++ b/lib/getdate.y
@@ -3,16 +3,14 @@
 **  Originally written by Steven M. Bellovin <smb@research.att.com> while
 **  at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.  Later tweaked by
 **  a couple of people on Usenet.  Completely overhauled by Rich $alz
-**  <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990;
-**
-**  This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts.
+**  <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990.
 **
 **  This code is in the public domain and has no copyright.
 */

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
-# ifdef FORCE_ALLOCA_H
+# ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
 #  include <alloca.h>
 # endif
 #endif
@@ -30,6 +28,10 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <ctype.h>

+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h> /* for `free'; used by Bison 1.27 */
+#endif
+
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
 # define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
@@ -51,12 +53,18 @@
   host does not conform to Posix.  */
 #define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)

-#include "getdate.h"
-
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || defined (USG)
 # include <string.h>
 #endif

+#if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+# define __attribute__(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#endif
+
 /* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
   That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
   to redefine it here.  */
@@ -64,10 +72,6 @@
 # define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
 #endif

-extern struct tm	*gmtime ();
-extern struct tm	*localtime ();
-extern time_t		mktime ();
-
 /* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
   as well as gratuitiously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
   yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
@@ -172,6 +176,9 @@ static int	yyRelYear;

 %}

+/* This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts. */
+%expect 13
+
 %union {
    int			Number;
    enum _MERIDIAN	Meridian;
@@ -347,7 +354,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelYear += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tYEAR_UNIT {
-	    yyRelYear++;
+	    yyRelYear += $1;
 	}
 	| tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT {
 	    yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
@@ -356,7 +363,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tMONTH_UNIT {
-	    yyRelMonth++;
+	    yyRelMonth += $1;
 	}
 	| tUNUMBER tDAY_UNIT {
 	    yyRelDay += $1 * $2;
@@ -365,7 +372,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelDay += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tDAY_UNIT {
-	    yyRelDay++;
+	    yyRelDay += $1;
 	}
 	| tUNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelHour += $1 * $2;
@@ -374,7 +381,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelHour += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tHOUR_UNIT {
-	    yyRelHour++;
+	    yyRelHour += $1;
 	}
 	| tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT {
 	    yyRelMinutes += $1 * $2;
@@ -383,7 +390,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelMinutes += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tMINUTE_UNIT {
-	    yyRelMinutes++;
+	    yyRelMinutes += $1;
 	}
 	| tUNUMBER tSEC_UNIT {
 	    yyRelSeconds += $1 * $2;
@@ -392,7 +399,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelSeconds += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tSEC_UNIT {
-	    yyRelSeconds++;
+	    yyRelSeconds += $1;
 	}
 	;

@@ -441,6 +448,15 @@ o_merid	: /* NULL */

 %%

+/* Include this file down here because bison inserts code above which
+   may define-away `const'.  We want the prototype for get_date to have
+   the same signature as the function definition does. */
+#include "getdate.h"
+
+extern struct tm	*gmtime ();
+extern struct tm	*localtime ();
+extern time_t		mktime ();
+
 /* Month and day table. */
 static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
    { "january",	tMONTH,  1 },
@@ -467,7 +483,7 @@ static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
    { "thurs",		tDAY, 4 },
    { "friday",		tDAY, 5 },
    { "saturday",	tDAY, 6 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };

 /* Time units table. */
@@ -482,7 +498,7 @@ static TABLE const UnitsTable[] = {
    { "min",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
    { "second",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
    { "sec",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };

 /* Assorted relative-time words. */
@@ -493,7 +509,7 @@ static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
    { "now",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
    { "last",		tUNUMBER,	-1 },
    { "this",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
-    { "next",		tUNUMBER,	2 },
+    { "next",		tUNUMBER,	1 },
    { "first",		tUNUMBER,	1 },
 /*  { "second",		tUNUMBER,	2 }, */
    { "third",		tUNUMBER,	3 },
@@ -507,7 +523,7 @@ static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
    { "eleventh",	tUNUMBER,	11 },
    { "twelfth",	tUNUMBER,	12 },
    { "ago",		tAGO,	1 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };

 /* The timezone table. */
@@ -592,7 +608,7 @@ static TABLE const TimezoneTable[] = {
    { "nzst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Standard */
    { "nzdt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Daylight */
    { "idle",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line East */
-    {  NULL  }
+    {  NULL, 0, 0  }
 };

 /* Military timezone table. */
@@ -622,7 +638,7 @@ static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
    { "x",	tZONE,	HOUR (-11) },
    { "y",	tZONE,	HOUR (-12) },
    { "z",	tZONE,	HOUR (  0) },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };


@@ -631,7 +647,7 @@ static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
 /* ARGSUSED */
 static int
 yyerror (s)
-     char *s;
+     char *s ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
 {
  return 0;
 }
@@ -694,7 +710,7 @@ LookupWord (buff)

  /* Make it lowercase. */
  for (p = buff; *p; p++)
-    if (ISUPPER (*p))
+    if (ISUPPER ((unsigned char) *p))
      *p = tolower (*p);

  if (strcmp (buff, "am") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "a.m.") == 0)
@@ -775,7 +791,7 @@ LookupWord (buff)
      }

  /* Military timezones. */
-  if (buff[1] == '\0' && ISALPHA (*buff))
+  if (buff[1] == '\0' && ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *buff))
    {
      for (tp = MilitaryTable; tp->name; tp++)
 	if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
@@ -806,7 +822,7 @@ LookupWord (buff)
 static int
 yylex ()
 {
-  register char c;
+  register unsigned char c;
  register char *p;
  char buff[20];
  int Count;
@@ -814,7 +830,7 @@ yylex ()

  for (;;)
    {
-      while (ISSPACE (*yyInput))
+      while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *yyInput))
 	yyInput++;

      if (ISDIGIT (c = *yyInput) || c == '-' || c == '+')
@@ -865,8 +881,7 @@ yylex ()

 /* Yield A - B, measured in seconds.  */
 static long
-difftm (a, b)
-     struct tm *a, *b;
+difftm (struct tm *a, struct tm *b)
 {
  int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
  int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
@@ -886,9 +901,7 @@ difftm (a, b)
 }

 time_t
-get_date (p, now)
-     const char *p;
-     const time_t *now;
+get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
 {
  struct tm tm, tm0, *tmp;
  time_t Start;
@@ -896,12 +909,15 @@ get_date (p, now)
  yyInput = p;
  Start = now ? *now : time ((time_t *) NULL);
  tmp = localtime (&Start);
+  if (!tmp)
+    return -1;
  yyYear = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
  yyMonth = tmp->tm_mon + 1;
  yyDay = tmp->tm_mday;
  yyHour = tmp->tm_hour;
  yyMinutes = tmp->tm_min;
  yySeconds = tmp->tm_sec;
+  tm.tm_isdst = tmp->tm_isdst;
  yyMeridian = MER24;
  yyRelSeconds = 0;
  yyRelMinutes = 0;
@@ -937,7 +953,6 @@ get_date (p, now)
  tm.tm_hour += yyRelHour;
  tm.tm_min += yyRelMinutes;
  tm.tm_sec += yyRelSeconds;
-  tm.tm_isdst = -1;
  tm0 = tm;

  Start = mktime (&tm);
@@ -984,7 +999,11 @@ get_date (p, now)

  if (yyHaveZone)
    {
-      long delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmtime (&Start));
+      long delta;
+      struct tm *gmt = gmtime (&Start);
+      if (!gmt)
+	return -1;
+      delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmt);
      if ((Start + delta < Start) != (delta < 0))
 	return -1;		/* time_t overflow */
      Start += delta;
--- a/lib/getgroups.c
+++ b/lib/getgroups.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* provide consistent interface to getgroups for systems that don't allow N==0
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,14 +25,11 @@ char *xmalloc ();

 /* On at least Ultrix 4.3 and NextStep 3.2, getgroups (0, 0) always fails.
   On other systems, it returns the number of supplemental groups for the
-   process is returned.
-   This function handles that special case and lets the system-
-   provided function handle all others.  */
+   process.  This function handles that special case and lets the system-
+   provided function handle all others. */

 int
-getgroups (n, group)
-     size_t n;
-     GETGROUPS_T *group;
+getgroups (size_t n, GETGROUPS_T *group)
 {
  int n_groups;
  GETGROUPS_T *gbuf;
--- a/lib/getline.c
+++ b/lib/getline.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* getline.c -- Replacement for GNU C library function getline

-Copyright (C) 1993, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -24,17 +24,17 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */

 /* The `getdelim' function is only declared if the following symbol
   is defined.  */
-#define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>

 #if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && HAVE_GETDELIM

 int
-getline (lineptr, n, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
+getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
 {
  return getdelim (lineptr, n, '\n', stream);
 }
@@ -61,12 +61,7 @@ char *malloc (), *realloc ();
   null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */

 int
-getstr (lineptr, n, stream, terminator, offset)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
-     char terminator;
-     size_t offset;
+getstr (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream, char terminator, size_t offset)
 {
  int nchars_avail;		/* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR.  */
  char *read_pos;		/* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
@@ -135,20 +130,13 @@ getstr (lineptr, n, stream, terminator, offset)
 }

 int
-getline (lineptr, n, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
+getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
 {
  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0);
 }

 int
-getdelim (lineptr, n, delimiter, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     int delimiter;
-     FILE *stream;
+getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *stream)
 {
  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, delimiter, 0);
 }
--- a/lib/getline.h
+++ b/lib/getline.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 # include <stdio.h>

 # ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__
-#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
 #  else
-#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
 #  endif
 # endif

--- a/lib/getloadavg.c
+++ b/lib/getloadavg.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Get the system load averages.
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93, 1994, 1995
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93, 1994, 1995, 1997
   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
   DGUX
   eunice			UNIX emulator under VMS.
   hpux
-   MSDOS			No-op for MSDOS.
+   __MSDOS__			No-op for MSDOS.
   NeXT
   sgi
   sequent			Sequent Dynix 3.x.x (BSD)
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
   UMAX
   UMAX4_3
   VMS
-   WIN32			No-op for Windows95/NT.
+   WINDOWS32			No-op for Windows95/NT.
   __linux__			Linux: assumes /proc filesystem mounted.
   				Support from Michael K. Johnson.
   __NetBSD__			NetBSD: assumes /kern filesystem mounted.
@@ -98,8 +98,14 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif

-#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# define setlocale(Category, Locale) /* empty */
+#endif

+#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG

 /* The existing Emacs configuration files define a macro called
   LOAD_AVE_CVT, which accepts a value of type LOAD_AVE_TYPE, and
@@ -167,6 +173,9 @@ extern int errno;

 # if defined (__osf__) && (defined (__alpha) || defined (__alpha__))
 #  define OSF_ALPHA
+#  include <sys/mbuf.h>
+#  include <sys/socket.h>
+#  include <net/route.h>
 #  include <sys/table.h>
 # endif

@@ -278,7 +287,7 @@ extern int errno;
 /* Sometimes both MIPS and sgi are defined, so FSCALE was just defined
   above under #ifdef MIPS.  But we want the sgi value.  */
 #   undef FSCALE
-#   define	FSCALE 1000.0
+#   define FSCALE 1000.0
 #  endif

 #  if defined (ardent) && defined (titan)
@@ -296,7 +305,7 @@ extern int errno;
 # endif	/* Not FSCALE.  */

 # if !defined (LDAV_CVT) && defined (FSCALE)
-#  define	LDAV_CVT(n) (((double) (n)) / FSCALE)
+#  define LDAV_CVT(n) (((double) (n)) / FSCALE)
 # endif

 /* VAX C can't handle multi-line #ifs, or lines longer that 256 characters.  */
@@ -444,6 +453,14 @@ extern int errno;

 # endif /* LOAD_AVE_TYPE */

+# if defined(__GNU__) && !defined (NeXT)
+/* Note that NeXT Openstep defines __GNU__ even though it should not.  */
+/* GNU system acts much like NeXT, for load average purposes,
+   but not exactly.  */
+#  define NeXT
+#  define host_self mach_host_self
+# endif
+
 # ifdef NeXT
 #  ifdef HAVE_MACH_MACH_H
 #   include <mach/mach.h>
@@ -543,7 +560,7 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
  elem = -1;
 # endif

-# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (SUNOS_5)
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (HAVE_LIBKSTAT)
 /* Use libkstat because we don't have to be root.  */
 #  define LDAV_DONE
  kstat_ctl_t *kc;
@@ -588,7 +605,7 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
    }

  kstat_close (kc);
-# endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+# endif /* HAVE_LIBKSTAT */

 # if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (hpux) && defined (HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC)
 /* Use pstat_getdynamic() because we don't have to be root.  */
@@ -627,8 +644,11 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
  if (count <= 0)
    return -1;

+  /* The following sscanf must use the C locale.  */
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C");
  count = sscanf (ldavgbuf, "%lf %lf %lf",
 		  &load_ave[0], &load_ave[1], &load_ave[2]);
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "");
  if (count < 1)
    return -1;

@@ -826,7 +846,7 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
       : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[0] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
 # endif	/* OSF_MIPS */

-# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined (MSDOS) || defined (WIN32))
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (WINDOWS32))
 #  define LDAV_DONE

  /* A faithful emulation is going to have to be saved for a rainy day.  */
@@ -834,7 +854,7 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
    {
      loadavg[elem] = 0.0;
    }
-# endif  /* MSDOS */
+# endif  /* __MSDOS__ || WINDOWS32 */

 # if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_ALPHA)
 #  define LDAV_DONE
--- a/lib/getopt.c
+++ b/lib/getopt.c
@@ -1,13 +1,10 @@
 /* Getopt for GNU.
   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
   before changing it!

-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
-   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98
+   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
@@ -27,19 +24,19 @@
 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
 #ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
+# define _NO_PROTO
 #endif

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
+# ifndef const
+#  define const
+# endif
 #endif

 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -53,11 +50,11 @@
   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */

 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#  define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
 #endif

 #ifndef ELIDE_CODE
@@ -68,32 +65,26 @@
 #ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif	/* GNU C library.  */

 #ifdef VMS
-#include <unixlib.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__)
-/* It's not Unix, really.  See?  Capital letters.  */
-#include <windows.h>
-#define getpid() GetCurrentProcessId()
+# include <unixlib.h>
+# if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
+#  include <string.h>
+# endif
 #endif

 #ifndef _
 /* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
-#else
-# define _(msgid)	(msgid)
-#endif
+# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+# else
+#  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
+# endif
 #endif

 /* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
@@ -203,14 +194,22 @@ static char *posixly_correct;
   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
   in GCC.  */
-#include <string.h>
-#define	my_index	strchr
+# include <string.h>
+# define my_index	strchr
 #else

+# if HAVE_STRING_H
+#  include <string.h>
+# else
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+
 /* Avoid depending on library functions or files
   whose names are inconsistent.  */

-char *getenv ();
+#ifndef getenv
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif

 static char *
 my_index (str, chr)
@@ -231,11 +230,11 @@ my_index (str, chr)
 #ifdef __GNUC__
 /* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen
 /* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
 extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+# endif /* not __STDC__ */
 #endif /* __GNUC__ */

 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
@@ -253,7 +252,10 @@ static int last_nonopt;
 /* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
   indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */

-static const char *nonoption_flags;
+/* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
+extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
+
+static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
 static int nonoption_flags_len;

 static int original_argc;
@@ -262,17 +264,29 @@ static char *const *original_argv;
 /* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
   is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
   to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
-static void store_args (int argc, char *const *argv) __attribute__ ((unused));
 static void
-store_args (int argc, char *const *argv)
+__attribute__ ((unused))
+store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
 {
  /* XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
     that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
  original_argc = argc;
  original_argv = argv;
 }
-text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args);
-#endif
+# ifdef text_set_element
+text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
+# endif /* text_set_element */
+
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
+    {									      \
+      char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];			      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];	      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;				      \
+    }
+#else	/* !_LIBC */
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+#endif	/* _LIBC */

 /* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
@@ -283,7 +297,7 @@ text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args);
   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */

-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static void exchange (char **);
 #endif

@@ -301,6 +315,28 @@ exchange (argv)
     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */

+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+     string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
+     of the string.  */
+  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len)
+    {
+      /* We must extend the array.  The user plays games with us and
+	 presents new arguments.  */
+      char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
+      if (new_str == NULL)
+	nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+			     nonoption_flags_max_len),
+		  '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
+	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
    {
      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
@@ -315,6 +351,7 @@ exchange (argv)
 	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
 	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
 	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
 	    }
 	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
 	  top -= len;
@@ -331,6 +368,7 @@ exchange (argv)
 	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
 	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
 	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
 	    }
 	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
 	  bottom += len;
@@ -345,7 +383,7 @@ exchange (argv)

 /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */

-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
 #endif
 static const char *
@@ -358,7 +396,7 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */

-  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
+  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind;

  nextchar = NULL;

@@ -385,17 +423,27 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
  if (posixly_correct == NULL
      && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
    {
-      /* Bash 2.0 puts a special variable in the environment for each
-	 command it runs, specifying which ARGV elements are the results of
-	 file name wildcard expansion and therefore should not be
-	 considered as options.  */
-      char var[100];
-      sprintf (var, "_%d_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_", getpid ());
-      nonoption_flags = getenv (var);
-      if (nonoption_flags == NULL)
-	nonoption_flags_len = 0;
-      else
-	nonoption_flags_len = strlen (nonoption_flags);
+      if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
+	{
+	  if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
+	      || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
+	    nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
+	      int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
+	      if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
+		nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
+	      __getopt_nonoption_flags =
+		(char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
+		nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	      else
+		memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+			'\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
+	    }
+	}
+      nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
    }
  else
    nonoption_flags_len = 0;
@@ -471,10 +519,11 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 {
  optarg = NULL;

-  if (!__getopt_initialized || optind == 0)
+  if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
    {
+      if (optind == 0)
+	optind = 1;	/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
      optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring);
-      optind = 1;		/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
      __getopt_initialized = 1;
    }

@@ -483,11 +532,11 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
 #ifdef _LIBC
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
-		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
-			 && nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
+		      || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
+			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
 #else
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
 #endif

  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
@@ -646,16 +695,18 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	      else
 		{
 		  if (opterr)
-		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		    /* --option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], pfound->name);
-		   else
-		    /* +option or -option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    {
+		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+			/* --option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], pfound->name);
+		      else
+			/* +option or -option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    }

 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);

--- a/lib/getopt.h
+++ b/lib/getopt.h
@@ -1,8 +1,6 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
@@ -20,7 +18,10 @@
   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif

 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 extern "C" {
@@ -57,6 +58,7 @@ extern int opterr;

 extern int optopt;

+#ifndef __need_getopt
 /* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
@@ -80,11 +82,11 @@ extern int optopt;

 struct option
 {
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
  const char *name;
-#else
+# else
  char *name;
-#endif
+# endif
  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
  int has_arg;
@@ -94,40 +96,74 @@ struct option

 /* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */

-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
+# define no_argument		0
+# define required_argument	1
+# define optional_argument	2
+#endif	/* need getopt */

-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
+# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
 extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);

 /* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
+extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only);
+# endif
 #else /* not __STDC__ */
 extern int getopt ();
+# ifndef __need_getopt
 extern int getopt_long ();
 extern int getopt_long_only ();

 extern int _getopt_internal ();
+# endif
 #endif /* __STDC__ */

 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 }
 #endif

-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */
--- a/lib/getopt1.c
+++ b/lib/getopt1.c
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
+     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
@@ -25,7 +24,7 @@

 #include "getopt.h"

-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
   reject `defined (const)'.  */
 #ifndef const
@@ -44,7 +43,7 @@
   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */

 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
 #include <gnu-versions.h>
 #if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
 #define ELIDE_CODE
--- a/lib/getugroups.c
+++ b/lib/getugroups.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getugroups.c -- return a list of the groups a user is in
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -41,34 +41,53 @@ struct group *getgrent ();
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif

-/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for
-   the current process. */
+/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for the current
+   process.  Store at most MAXCOUNT group IDs in the GROUPLIST array.
+   If GID is not -1, store it first (if possible).  GID should be the
+   group ID (pw_gid) obtained from getpwuid, in case USERNAME is not
+   listed in /etc/groups.
+   Always return the number of groups of which USERNAME is a member.  */

 int
-getugroups (maxcount, grouplist, username)
-     int maxcount;
-     GETGROUPS_T *grouplist;
-     char *username;
+getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username, gid_t gid)
 {
  struct group *grp;
  register char **cp;
  register int count = 0;

+  if (gid != -1)
+    {
+      if (maxcount != 0)
+	grouplist[count] = gid;
+      ++count;
+    }
+
  setgrent ();
  while ((grp = getgrent ()) != 0)
    for (cp = grp->gr_mem; *cp; ++cp)
      if (!strcmp (username, *cp))
 	{
-	  if (maxcount != 0)
+	  int n;
+
+	  /* See if this group number is already on the list.  */
+	  for (n = 0; n < count; ++n)
+	    if (grouplist[n] == grp->gr_gid)
+	      break;
+
+	  /* If it's a new group number, then try to add it to the list.  */
+	  if (n == count)
 	    {
-	      if (count >= maxcount)
+	      if (maxcount != 0)
 		{
-		  endgrent ();
-		  return count;
+		  if (count >= maxcount)
+		    {
+		      endgrent ();
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		  grouplist[count] = grp->gr_gid;
 		}
-	      grouplist[count] = grp->gr_gid;
+	      count++;
 	    }
-	  count++;
 	}
  endgrent ();
  return count;
--- a/lib/getusershell.c
+++ b/lib/getusershell.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getusershell.c -- Return names of valid user shells.
-   Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,6 +29,14 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <ctype.h>

+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
+
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #else
@@ -175,10 +183,10 @@ readname (name, size, stream)
    }

  /* Skip blank space.  */
-  while ((c = getc (stream)) != EOF && isspace (c))
+  while ((c = getc (stream)) != EOF && ISSPACE (c))
    /* Do nothing. */ ;

-  while (c != EOF && !isspace (c))
+  while (c != EOF && !ISSPACE (c))
    {
      (*name)[name_index++] = c;
      while (name_index >= *size)
--- a/lib/getversion.c
+++ b/lib/getversion.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getversion.c -- select backup filename type
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
   Unique abbreviations are accepted. */

 enum backup_type
-get_version (version)
-     char *version;
+get_version (const char *version)
 {
  int i;

--- a/lib/group-member.c
+++ b/lib/group-member.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* group-member.c -- determine whether group id is in calling user's group list
-   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif

-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif

@@ -41,18 +41,17 @@ struct group_info
    GETGROUPS_T *group;
  };

-#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+#if HAVE_GETGROUPS

 static void
-free_group_info (g)
-     struct group_info *g;
+free_group_info (struct group_info *g)
 {
  free (g->group);
  free (g);
 }

 static struct group_info *
-get_group_info ()
+get_group_info (void)
 {
  int n_groups;
  int n_group_slots;
@@ -96,8 +95,7 @@ get_group_info ()
   either of the current or effective group IDs.  */

 int
-group_member (gid)
-     gid_t gid;
+group_member (gid_t gid)
 {
 #ifndef HAVE_GETGROUPS
  return ((gid == getgid ()) || (gid == getegid ()));
--- a/lib/group-member.h
+++ b/lib/group-member.h
@@ -1,7 +1,15 @@
 #ifndef GROUP_MEMBER_H_
 # define GROUP_MEMBER_H_ 1

+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
 int
-  group_member ();
+  group_member PARAMS ((gid_t));

 #endif /* GROUP_MEMBER_H_ */
--- a/lib/hash.c
+++ b/lib/hash.c
--- a/lib/hash.h
+++ b/lib/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* hash - hashing table processing.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
+
+/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
+   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile `hash.c' with same setting.  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
+typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
+typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) PARAMS ((void *));
+typedef bool (*Hash_processor) PARAMS ((void *, void *));
+
+struct hash_entry
+  {
+    void *data;
+    struct hash_entry *next;
+  };
+
+struct hash_tuning
+  {
+    /* This structure is mainly used for `hash_initialize', see the block
+       documentation of `hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
+
+    float shrink_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
+    float shrink_factor;	/* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
+    float growth_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
+    float growth_factor;	/* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
+    bool is_n_buckets;		/* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
+  };
+
+typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
+
+struct hash_table
+  {
+    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
+       for a possibility of N_BUCKETS.  Among those, N_BUCKETS_USED buckets
+       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
+    struct hash_entry *bucket;
+    struct hash_entry *bucket_limit;
+    unsigned n_buckets;
+    unsigned n_buckets_used;
+    unsigned n_entries;
+
+    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physicaly separate structure.  */
+    const Hash_tuning *tuning;
+
+    /* Three functions are given to `hash_initialize', see the documentation
+       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
+       into a number up from 0 up to some maximum minus 1; COMPARATOR returns
+       true if two user entries compare equally; and DATA_FREER is the cleanup
+       function for a user entry.  */
+    Hash_hasher hasher;
+    Hash_comparator comparator;
+    Hash_data_freer data_freer;
+
+    /* A linked list of freed struct hash_entry structs.  */
+    struct hash_entry *free_entry_list;
+
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+    struct obstack entry_stack;
+#endif
+  };
+
+typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
+
+/* Information and lookup.  */
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+bool hash_table_ok PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, FILE *));
+void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
+
+/* Walking.  */
+void *hash_get_first PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void *hash_get_next PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
+unsigned hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **, unsigned));
+unsigned hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *));
+
+/* Allocation and clean-up.  */
+unsigned hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
+void hash_reset_tuning PARAMS ((Hash_tuning *));
+Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned, const Hash_tuning *,
+				     Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
+				     Hash_data_freer));
+void hash_clear PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
+void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
+
+/* Insertion and deletion.  */
+bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
+void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
+void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
--- a/lib/human.c
+++ b/lib/human.c
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/* human.c -- print human readable file size
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Originally contributed by lm@sgi.com;
+   --si, output block size selection, and large file support
+   added by eggert@twinsun.com.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include <argmatch.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <xstrtol.h>
+
+#include "human.h"
+
+static const char suffixes[] =
+{
+  0,	/* not used */
+  'k',	/* kilo */
+  'M',	/* Mega */
+  'G',	/* Giga */
+  'T',	/* Tera */
+  'P',	/* Peta */
+  'E',	/* Exa */
+  'Z',	/* Zetta */
+  'Y'	/* Yotta */
+};
+
+/* Convert N to a human readable format in BUF.
+
+   N is expressed in units of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE.  FROM_BLOCK_SIZE must
+   be positive.
+
+   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is positive, use units of OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE in
+   the output number.  OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE must be a multiple of
+   FROM_BLOCK_SIZE or vice versa.
+
+   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is negative, use a format like "127k" if
+   possible, using powers of -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE; otherwise, use
+   ordinary decimal format.  Normally -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is either
+   1000 or 1024; it must be at least 2.  Most people visually process
+   strings of 3-4 digits effectively, but longer strings of digits are
+   more prone to misinterpretation.  Hence, converting to an
+   abbreviated form usually improves readability.  Use a suffix
+   indicating which power is being used.  For example, assuming
+   -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is 1024, 8500 would be converted to 8.3k,
+   133456345 to 127M, 56990456345 to 53G, and so on.  Numbers smaller
+   than -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE aren't modified.  */
+
+char *
+human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
+		int from_block_size, int output_block_size)
+{
+  uintmax_t amt;
+  int base;
+  int to_block_size;
+  int tenths;
+  int power;
+  char *p;
+
+  /* 0 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS;
+     1 means AMT.TENTHS < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
+     2 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
+     3 means AMT.TENTHS + 0.05 < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.1.  */
+  int rounding;
+
+  if (output_block_size < 0)
+    {
+      base = -output_block_size;
+      to_block_size = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      base = 0;
+      to_block_size = output_block_size;
+    }
+
+  p = buf + LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE;
+  *p = '\0';
+
+#ifdef lint
+  /* Suppress `used before initialized' warning.  */
+  power = 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE units and into TO_BLOCK_SIZE units.  */
+
+  if (to_block_size <= from_block_size)
+    {
+      int multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size;
+      amt = n * multiplier;
+      tenths = rounding = 0;
+
+      if (amt / multiplier != n)
+	{
+	  /* Overflow occurred during multiplication.  We should use
+	     multiple precision arithmetic here, but we'll be lazy and
+	     resort to floating point.  This can yield answers that
+	     are slightly off.  In practice it is quite rare to
+	     overflow uintmax_t, so this is good enough for now.  */
+
+	  double damt = n * (double) multiplier;
+
+	  if (! base)
+	    sprintf (buf, "%.0f", damt);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      double e = 1;
+	      power = 0;
+
+	      do
+		{
+		  e *= base;
+		  power++;
+		}
+	      while (e * base <= damt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
+
+	      damt /= e;
+
+	      sprintf (buf, "%.1f%c", damt, suffixes[power]);
+	      if (4 < strlen (buf))
+		sprintf (buf, "%.0f%c", damt, suffixes[power]);
+	    }
+
+	  return buf;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size;
+      int r10 = (n % divisor) * 10;
+      int r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2;
+      amt = n / divisor;
+      tenths = r10 / divisor;
+      rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2);
+    }
+
+
+  /* Use power of BASE notation if adjusted AMT is large enough.  */
+
+  if (base && base <= amt)
+    {
+      power = 0;
+
+      do
+	{
+	  int r10 = (amt % base) * 10 + tenths;
+	  int r2 = (r10 % base) * 2 + (rounding >> 1);
+	  amt /= base;
+	  tenths = r10 / base;
+	  rounding = (r2 < base
+		      ? 0 < r2 + rounding
+		      : 2 + (base < r2 + rounding));
+	  power++;
+	}
+      while (base <= amt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
+
+      *--p = suffixes[power];
+
+      if (amt < 10)
+	{
+	  tenths += 2 < rounding + (tenths & 1);
+
+	  if (tenths == 10)
+	    {
+	      amt++;
+	      tenths = 0;
+	    }
+
+	  if (amt < 10)
+	    {
+	      *--p = '0' + tenths;
+	      *--p = '.';
+	      tenths = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (5 < tenths + (2 < rounding + (amt & 1)))
+    {
+      amt++;
+
+      if (amt == base && power < sizeof suffixes - 1)
+	{
+	  *p = suffixes[power + 1];
+	  *--p = '0';
+	  *--p = '.';
+	  amt = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  do
+    *--p = '0' + (int) (amt % 10);
+  while ((amt /= 10) != 0);
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/* The default block size used for output.  This number may change in
+   the future as disks get larger.  */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE
+# define DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+
+static char const *const block_size_args[] = { "human-readable", "si", 0 };
+static int const block_size_types[] = { -1024, -1000 };
+
+static strtol_error
+humblock (char const *spec, int *block_size)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (! spec && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCK_SIZE")))
+    *block_size = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
+  else if (0 <= (i = ARGMATCH (spec, block_size_args, block_size_types)))
+    *block_size = block_size_types[i];
+  else
+    {
+      char *ptr;
+      unsigned long val;
+      strtol_error e = xstrtoul (spec, &ptr, 0, &val, "eEgGkKmMpPtTyYzZ0");
+      if (e != LONGINT_OK)
+	return e;
+      if (*ptr)
+	return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+      if ((int) val < 0 || val != (int) val)
+	return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+      *block_size = (int) val;
+    }
+
+  return LONGINT_OK;
+}
+
+void
+human_block_size (char const *spec, int report_errors, int *block_size)
+{
+  strtol_error e = humblock (spec, block_size);
+  if (e != LONGINT_OK && report_errors)
+    STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (spec, _("block size"), e);
+}
--- a/lib/human.h
+++ b/lib/human.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#ifndef HUMAN_H_
+# define HUMAN_H_ 1
+
+/* A conservative bound on the maximum length of a human-readable string.
+   The output can be the product of the largest uintmax_t and the largest int,
+   so add their sizes before converting to a bound on digits.  */
+# define LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE ((sizeof (uintmax_t) + sizeof (int)) \
+				 * CHAR_BIT / 3)
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int));
+
+void human_block_size PARAMS ((char const *, int, int *));
+
+#endif /* HUMAN_H_ */
--- a/lib/idcache.c
+++ b/lib/idcache.c
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -24,15 +25,16 @@
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>

-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif

-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif
+
 #ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
 struct passwd *getpwuid ();
 struct passwd *getpwnam ();
@@ -43,6 +45,10 @@ struct group *getgrnam ();
 char *xmalloc ();
 char *xstrdup ();

+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+static char digits[] = "0123456789";
+#endif
+
 struct userid
 {
  union
@@ -59,16 +65,13 @@ static struct userid *user_alist;
 /* The members of this list have names not in the local passwd file.  */
 static struct userid *nouser_alist;

-/* Translate UID to a login name or a stringified number,
-   with cache.  */
+/* Translate UID to a login name, with cache, or NULL if unresolved.  */

 char *
-getuser (uid)
-     uid_t uid;
+getuser (uid_t uid)
 {
  register struct userid *tail;
  struct passwd *pwent;
-  char usernum_string[20];

  for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
    if (tail->id.u == uid)
@@ -77,13 +80,7 @@ getuser (uid)
  pwent = getpwuid (uid);
  tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
  tail->id.u = uid;
-  if (pwent == 0)
-    {
-      sprintf (usernum_string, "%u", (unsigned) uid);
-      tail->name = xstrdup (usernum_string);
-    }
-  else
-    tail->name = xstrdup (pwent->pw_name);
+  tail->name = pwent ? xstrdup (pwent->pw_name) : NULL;

  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
  tail->next = user_alist;
@@ -97,8 +94,7 @@ getuser (uid)
   so we don't keep looking them up.)  */

 uid_t *
-getuidbyname (user)
-     char *user;
+getuidbyname (const char *user)
 {
  register struct userid *tail;
  struct passwd *pwent;
@@ -114,6 +110,15 @@ getuidbyname (user)
      return 0;

  pwent = getpwnam (user);
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* We need to pretend to be the user USER, to make
+     pwd functions know about an arbitrary user name.  */
+  if (!pwent && strspn (user, digits) < strlen (user))
+    {
+      setenv ("USER", user, 1);
+      pwent = getpwnam (user);	/* now it will succeed */
+    }
+#endif

  tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
  tail->name = xstrdup (user);
@@ -136,16 +141,13 @@ getuidbyname (user)
 static struct userid *group_alist;
 static struct userid *nogroup_alist;

-/* Translate GID to a group name or a stringified number,
-   with cache.  */
+/* Translate GID to a group name, with cache, or NULL if unresolved.  */

 char *
-getgroup (gid)
-     gid_t gid;
+getgroup (gid_t gid)
 {
  register struct userid *tail;
  struct group *grent;
-  char groupnum_string[20];

  for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
    if (tail->id.g == gid)
@@ -154,13 +156,7 @@ getgroup (gid)
  grent = getgrgid (gid);
  tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
  tail->id.g = gid;
-  if (grent == 0)
-    {
-      sprintf (groupnum_string, "%u", (unsigned int) gid);
-      tail->name = xstrdup (groupnum_string);
-    }
-  else
-    tail->name = xstrdup (grent->gr_name);
+  tail->name = grent ? xstrdup (grent->gr_name) : NULL;

  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
  tail->next = group_alist;
@@ -168,14 +164,13 @@ getgroup (gid)
  return tail->name;
 }

-/* Translate GROUP to a UID, with cache.
+/* Translate GROUP to a GID, with cache.
   Return NULL if there is no such group.
   (We also cache which group names have no group entry,
   so we don't keep looking them up.)  */

 gid_t *
-getgidbyname (group)
-     char *group;
+getgidbyname (const char *group)
 {
  register struct userid *tail;
  struct group *grent;
@@ -191,6 +186,15 @@ getgidbyname (group)
      return 0;

  grent = getgrnam (group);
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* We need to pretend to belong to group GROUP, to make
+     grp functions know about any arbitrary group name.  */
+  if (!grent && strspn (group, digits) < strlen (group))
+    {
+      setenv ("GROUP", group, 1);
+      grent = getgrnam (group);	/* now it will succeed */
+    }
+#endif

  tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
  tail->name = xstrdup (group);
--- a/lib/isdir.c
+++ b/lib/isdir.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* isdir.c -- determine whether a directory exists
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,27 +15,26 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>

-#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISDIR
-#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
+#endif

-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(Mode) (((Mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif

 /* If PATH is an existing directory or symbolic link to a directory,
   return nonzero, else 0.  */

 int
-isdir (path)
-     char *path;
+isdir (const char *path)
 {
  struct stat stats;

--- a/lib/lchown.c
+++ b/lib/lchown.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Provide a stub lchown function for systems that lack it.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#include "lchown.h"
+
+/* Declare chown to avoid a warning.  Don't include unistd.h,
+   because it may have a conflicting prototype for lchown.  */
+int chown ();
+
+/* Work just like chown, except when FILE is a symbolic link.
+   In that case, set errno to ENOSYS and return -1.  */
+
+int
+lchown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+{
+  struct stat stats;
+
+  if (lstat (file, &stats) == 0 && S_ISLNK (stats.st_mode))
+    {
+      errno = ENOSYS;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return chown (file, uid, gid);
+}
--- a/lib/lchown.h
+++ b/lib/lchown.h
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+/* Some systems don't have ENOSYS.  */
+#ifndef ENOSYS
+# ifdef ENOTSUP
+#  define ENOSYS ENOTSUP
+# else
+/* Some systems don't have ENOTSUP either.  */
+#  define ENOSYS ENOMSG
+# endif
+#endif
--- a/lib/linebuffer.c
+++ b/lib/linebuffer.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* linebuffer.c -- read arbitrarily long lines
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,11 +12,15 @@
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* Written by Richard Stallman. */

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include "linebuffer.h"

@@ -27,8 +31,7 @@ void free ();
 /* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */

 void
-initbuffer (linebuffer)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
+initbuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
 {
  linebuffer->length = 0;
  linebuffer->size = 200;
@@ -37,19 +40,18 @@ initbuffer (linebuffer)

 /* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
   Remove any newline.  Does not null terminate.
-   Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return 0.  */
+   Return zero upon error or upon end of file.
+   Otherwise, return LINEBUFFER.  */

 struct linebuffer *
-readline (linebuffer, stream)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
-     FILE *stream;
+readline (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream)
 {
  int c;
  char *buffer = linebuffer->buffer;
  char *p = linebuffer->buffer;
  char *end = buffer + linebuffer->size; /* Sentinel. */

-  if (feof (stream))
+  if (feof (stream) || ferror (stream))
    {
      linebuffer->length = 0;
      return 0;
@@ -83,8 +85,7 @@ readline (linebuffer, stream)
 /* Free linebuffer LINEBUFFER and its data, all allocated with malloc. */

 void
-freebuffer (linebuffer)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
+freebuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
 {
  free (linebuffer->buffer);
  free (linebuffer);
--- a/lib/linebuffer.h
+++ b/lib/linebuffer.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* linebuffer.h -- declarations for reading arbitrarily long lines
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,7 +14,10 @@
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
+
+#if !defined LINEBUFFER_H
+# define LINEBUFFER_H
+
 /* A `struct linebuffer' holds a line of text. */

 struct linebuffer
@@ -24,12 +27,13 @@ struct linebuffer
  char *buffer;
 };

-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#endif
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif

 /* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */
 void initbuffer PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer));
@@ -42,3 +46,5 @@ struct linebuffer *readline PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer,

 /* Free linebuffer LINEBUFFER and its data, all allocated with malloc. */
 void freebuffer PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *));
+
+#endif /* LINEBUFFER_H */
--- a/lib/long-options.c
+++ b/lib/long-options.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Utility to accept --help and --version options as unobtrusively as possible.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,13 +17,22 @@

 /* Written by Jim Meyering.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <getopt.h>
+#include "closeout.h"
 #include "long-options.h"
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif

 static struct option const long_options[] =
 {
@@ -36,13 +45,13 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   Be careful not to gobble up `--'.  */

 void
-parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-     const char *command_name;
-     const char *package;
-     const char *version;
-     void (*usage)();
+parse_long_options (int argc,
+		    char **argv,
+		    const char *command_name,
+		    const char *package,
+		    const char *version,
+		    const char *authors,
+		    void (*usage_func)())
 {
  int c;
  int saved_opterr;
@@ -53,15 +62,17 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
  opterr = 0;

  if (argc == 2
-      && (c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "+", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+      && (c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "+", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
    {
      switch (c)
 	{
 	case 'h':
-	  (*usage) (0);
+	  (*usage_func) (0);

 	case 'v':
-	  printf ("%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
+	  version_etc (stdout, command_name, package, version, authors);
+	  close_stdout (); /* FIXME: output failure exit status
+			      should be settable via an arg.  */
 	  exit (0);

 	default:
--- a/lib/long-options.h
+++ b/lib/long-options.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* long-options.h -- declaration for --help- and --version-handling function.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,15 +17,19 @@

 /* Written by Jim Meyering.  */

-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
 #endif

 void
-  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc, char **_argv,
+  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc,
+			      char **_argv,
 			      const char *_command_name,
 			      const char *_package,
-			      const char *_version, void (*_usage) (int)));
+			      const char *_version,
+			      const char *_authors,
+			      void (*_usage) (int)));
--- a/lib/makepath.c
+++ b/lib/makepath.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #  include <alloca.h>
 # else
 #  ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
+ #  pragma alloca
 #  else
 char *alloca ();
 #  endif
@@ -71,14 +71,110 @@ extern int errno;
 # endif
 #endif

+#ifndef S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 0200
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 0100
+#endif
+
+#define WX_USR (S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
 #ifdef __MSDOS__
 typedef int uid_t;
 typedef int gid_t;
 #endif

+#include "save-cwd.h"
 #include "makepath.h"
+#include "error.h"

-void error ();
+void strip_trailing_slashes ();
+
+#define CLEANUP_CWD					\
+  do							\
+    {							\
+      /* We're done operating on basename_dir.		\
+	 Restore working directory.  */			\
+      if (do_chdir)					\
+	{						\
+	  int _fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
+	  free_cwd (&cwd);				\
+	  if (_fail)					\
+	    return 1;					\
+	}						\
+    }							\
+  while (0)
+
+#define CLEANUP						\
+  do							\
+    {							\
+      umask (oldmask);					\
+      CLEANUP_CWD;					\
+    }							\
+  while (0)
+
+/* Attempt to create directory DIR (aka DIRPATH) with the specified MODE.
+   If CREATED_DIR_P is non-NULL, set *CREATED_DIR_P to non-zero if this
+   function creates DIR and to zero otherwise.  Give a diagnostic and
+   return non-zero if DIR cannot be created or cannot be determined to
+   exist already.  Use DIRPATH in any diagnostic, not DIR.
+   Note that if DIR already exists, this function will return zero
+   (indicating success) and will set *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
+
+static int
+make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
+{
+  int fail = 0;
+  int created_dir;
+
+  created_dir = (mkdir (dir, mode) == 0);
+
+  if (!created_dir)
+    {
+      struct stat stats;
+
+      /* The mkdir and stat calls below may appear to be reversed.
+	 They are not.  It is important to call mkdir first and then to
+	 call stat (to distinguish the three cases) only if mkdir fails.
+	 The alternative to this approach is to `stat' each directory,
+	 then to call mkdir if it doesn't exist.  But if some other process
+	 were to create the directory between the stat & mkdir, the mkdir
+	 would fail with EEXIST.  */
+
+      if (stat (dir, &stats))
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, _("cannot create directory `%s'"), dirpath);
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* DIR (aka DIRPATH) already exists and is a directory. */
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (created_dir_p)
+    *created_dir_p = created_dir;
+
+  return fail;
+}

 /* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
   Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.
@@ -98,7 +194,6 @@ void error ();
   Return 0 if ARGPATH exists as a directory with the proper
   ownership and permissions when done, otherwise 1.  */

-#if __STDC__
 int
 make_path (const char *argpath,
 	   int mode,
@@ -107,30 +202,11 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	   gid_t group,
 	   int preserve_existing,
 	   const char *verbose_fmt_string)
-#else
-int
-make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
-	   verbose_fmt_string)
-     const char *argpath;
-     int mode;
-     int parent_mode;
-     uid_t owner;
-     gid_t group;
-     int preserve_existing;
-     const char *verbose_fmt_string;
-#endif
 {
-  char *dirpath;		/* A copy we can scribble NULs on.  */
  struct stat stats;
  int retval = 0;
-  int oldmask = umask (0);

-  /* FIXME: move this alloca and strcpy into the if-block.
-     Set dirpath to argpath in the else-block.  */
-  dirpath = (char *) alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
-  strcpy (dirpath, argpath);
-
-  if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
+  if (stat (argpath, &stats))
    {
      char *slash;
      int tmp_mode;		/* Initial perms for leading dirs.  */
@@ -141,12 +217,24 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	struct ptr_list *next;
      };
      struct ptr_list *p, *leading_dirs = NULL;
+      int do_chdir;		/* Whether to chdir before each mkdir.  */
+      struct saved_cwd cwd;
+      char *basename_dir;
+      char *dirpath;
+
+      /* Temporarily relax umask in case it's overly restrictive.  */
+      int oldmask = umask (0);
+
+      /* Make a copy of ARGPATH that we can scribble NULs on.  */
+      dirpath = (char *) alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
+      strcpy (dirpath, argpath);
+      strip_trailing_slashes (dirpath);

      /* If leading directories shouldn't be writable or executable,
 	 or should have set[ug]id or sticky bits set and we are setting
 	 their owners, we need to fix their permissions after making them.  */
-      if (((parent_mode & 0300) != 0300)
-	  || (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
+      if (((parent_mode & WX_USR) != WX_USR)
+	  || ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 	      && (parent_mode & 07000) != 0))
 	{
 	  tmp_mode = 0700;
@@ -158,49 +246,82 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	  re_protect = 0;
 	}

+      /* If we can record the current working directory, we may be able
+	 to do the chdir optimization.  */
+      do_chdir = !save_cwd (&cwd);
+
+      /* If we've saved the cwd and DIRPATH is an absolute pathname,
+	 we must chdir to `/' in order to enable the chdir optimization.
+         So if chdir ("/") fails, turn off the optimization.  */
+      if (do_chdir && *dirpath == '/' && chdir ("/") < 0)
+	do_chdir = 0;
+
      slash = dirpath;
+
+      /* Skip over leading slashes.  */
      while (*slash == '/')
 	slash++;
-      while ((slash = strchr (slash, '/')))
+
+      while (1)
 	{
+	  int newly_created_dir;
+	  int fail;
+
+	  /* slash points to the leftmost unprocessed component of dirpath.  */
+	  basename_dir = slash;
+
+	  slash = strchr (slash, '/');
+	  if (slash == NULL)
+	    break;
+
+	  /* If we're *not* doing chdir before each mkdir, then we have to refer
+	     to the target using the full (multi-component) directory name.  */
+	  if (!do_chdir)
+	    basename_dir = dirpath;
+
 	  *slash = '\0';
-	  if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
+	  fail = make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, tmp_mode, &newly_created_dir);
+	  if (fail)
 	    {
-	      if (mkdir (dirpath, tmp_mode))
+	      CLEANUP;
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if (newly_created_dir)
+	    {
+	      if (verbose_fmt_string)
+		fprintf (stderr, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+
+	      if ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
+		  && chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
+#if defined(AFS) && defined (EPERM)
+		  && errno != EPERM
+#endif
+		  )
 		{
-		  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
-		  umask (oldmask);
+		  error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+		  CLEANUP;
 		  return 1;
 		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
-		    error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);

-		  if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
-		      && chown (dirpath, owner, group)
-#if defined(AFS) && defined (EPERM)
-		      && errno != EPERM
-#endif
-		      )
-		    {
-		      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
-		      retval = 1;
-		    }
-		  if (re_protect)
-		    {
-		      struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *)
-			alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list));
-		      new->dirname_end = slash;
-		      new->next = leading_dirs;
-		      leading_dirs = new;
-		    }
+	      if (re_protect)
+		{
+		  struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *)
+		    alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list));
+		  new->dirname_end = slash;
+		  new->next = leading_dirs;
+		  leading_dirs = new;
 		}
 	    }
-	  else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+
+	  /* If we were able to save the initial working directory,
+	     then we can use chdir to change into each directory before
+	     creating an entry in that directory.  This avoids making
+	     stat and mkdir process O(n^2) file name components.  */
+	  if (do_chdir && chdir (basename_dir) < 0)
 	    {
-	      error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
-	      umask (oldmask);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chdir to directory, %s"), dirpath);
+	      CLEANUP;
 	      return 1;
 	    }

@@ -212,40 +333,45 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	    slash++;
 	}

+      if (!do_chdir)
+	basename_dir = dirpath;
+
      /* We're done making leading directories.
 	 Create the final component of the path.  */

-      /* The path could end in "/." or contain "/..", so test
-	 if we really have to create the directory.  */
-
-      if (stat (dirpath, &stats) && mkdir (dirpath, mode))
+      if (make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, mode, NULL))
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
-	  umask (oldmask);
+	  CLEANUP;
 	  return 1;
 	}
+
+      /* Done creating directories.  Restore original umask.  */
+      umask (oldmask);
+
      if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
 	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);

      if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1)
 	{
-	  if (chown (dirpath, owner, group)
+	  if (chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
 #ifdef AFS
 	      && errno != EPERM
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chown %s"), dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	  /* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted.  */
-	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (dirpath, mode))
+	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chmod %s"), dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}

+      CLEANUP_CWD;
+
      /* If the mode for leading directories didn't include owner "wx"
 	 privileges, we have to reset their protections to the correct
 	 value.  */
@@ -263,10 +389,11 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
    {
      /* We get here if the entire path already exists.  */

+      const char *dirpath = argpath;
+
      if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
-	  umask (oldmask);
+	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
 	  return 1;
 	}

@@ -278,7 +405,7 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	     On System V, users can give away files with chown and then not
 	     be able to chmod them.  So don't give files away.  */

-	  if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
+	  if ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 	      && chown (dirpath, owner, group)
 #ifdef AFS
 	      && errno != EPERM
@@ -296,6 +423,5 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	}
    }

-  umask (oldmask);
  return retval;
 }
--- a/lib/makepath.h
+++ b/lib/makepath.h
@@ -1,15 +1,16 @@
-# undef __P
-#if __STDC__
-# define __P(Args) Args
-#else
-# define __P(Args) ()
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
 #endif

 int
-make_path __P ((const char *_argpath,
-		int _mode,
-		int _parent_mode,
-		uid_t _owner,
-		gid_t _group,
-		int _preserve_existing,
-		const char *_verbose_fmt_string));
+make_path PARAMS ((const char *_argpath,
+		   int _mode,
+		   int _parent_mode,
+		   uid_t _owner,
+		   gid_t _group,
+		   int _preserve_existing,
+		   const char *_verbose_fmt_string));
--- a/lib/malloc.c
+++ b/lib/malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef malloc
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *malloc ();
+
+/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
+   If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */
+
+char *
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  return malloc (n);
+}
--- a/lib/memcasecmp.c
+++ b/lib/memcasecmp.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Case-insensitive buffer comparator.
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,21 +25,23 @@
 #include <ctype.h>

 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-#define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-#define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
-#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
+#define ISLOWER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && islower (c))

 #if _LIBC || STDC_HEADERS
-# define TOLOWER(c) tolower (c)
+# define TOUPPER(c) toupper (c)
 #else
-# define TOLOWER(c) (ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER (c) ? toupper (c) : (c))
 #endif

 #include "memcasecmp.h"

-/* Like memcmp, but ignore differences in case.  */
+/* Like memcmp, but ignore differences in case.
+   Convert to upper case (not lower) before comparing so that
+   join -i works with sort -f.  */

 int
 memcasecmp (vs1, vs2, n)
@@ -54,8 +56,8 @@ memcasecmp (vs1, vs2, n)
    {
      unsigned char u1 = *s1++;
      unsigned char u2 = *s2++;
-      if (TOLOWER (u1) != TOLOWER (u2))
-        return TOLOWER (u1) - TOLOWER (u2);
+      if (TOUPPER (u1) != TOUPPER (u2))
+        return TOUPPER (u1) - TOUPPER (u2);
    }
  return 0;
 }
--- a/lib/memcasecmp.h
+++ b/lib/memcasecmp.h
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
 #endif

 int
--- a/lib/memchr.c
+++ b/lib/memchr.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Based on strlen implemention by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
--- a/lib/memcmp.c
+++ b/lib/memcmp.c
@@ -1,72 +1,83 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se).

-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.

-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.

-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
+# include "config.h"
 #endif

 #undef	__ptr_t
-#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#define	__ptr_t	void *
+#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t	void *
 #else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
-#undef	const
-#define	const
-#define	__ptr_t	char *
+# undef	const
+# define const
+# define __ptr_t	char *
 #endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */

-#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) || defined (_LIBC)
-#include <string.h>
+#ifndef __P
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
 #endif

+#undef memcmp
+
 #ifdef _LIBC

-#include <memcopy.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>

 #else	/* Not in the GNU C library.  */

-#include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>

 /* Type to use for aligned memory operations.
   This should normally be the biggest type supported by a single load
   and store.  Must be an unsigned type.  */
-#define	op_t	unsigned long int
-#define OPSIZ	(sizeof(op_t))
+# define op_t	unsigned long int
+# define OPSIZ	(sizeof(op_t))

 /* Threshold value for when to enter the unrolled loops.  */
-#define	OP_T_THRES	16
+# define OP_T_THRES	16

 /* Type to use for unaligned operations.  */
 typedef unsigned char byte;

-#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-#define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) >> (sh_1)) | ((w1) << (sh_2)))
-#else
-#define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) << (sh_1)) | ((w1) >> (sh_2)))
-#endif
+# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) >> (sh_1)) | ((w1) << (sh_2)))
+# else
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) << (sh_1)) | ((w1) >> (sh_2)))
+# endif

 #endif	/* In the GNU C library.  */

 #ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-#define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? 1 : -1)
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? 1 : -1)
 #else
-#define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) memcmp_bytes ((a), (b))
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) memcmp_bytes ((a), (b))
 #endif

 /* BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU CHANGE THIS CODE!  */
@@ -86,12 +97,14 @@ typedef unsigned char byte;
 /* memcmp_bytes -- Compare A and B bytewise in the byte order of the machine.
   A and B are known to be different.
   This is needed only on little-endian machines.  */
-#ifdef  __GNUC__
+
+static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t));
+
+# ifdef  __GNUC__
 __inline
-#endif
+# endif
 static int
-memcmp_bytes (a, b)
-     op_t a, b;
+memcmp_bytes (long unsigned int a, long unsigned int b)
 {
  long int srcp1 = (long int) &a;
  long int srcp2 = (long int) &b;
@@ -109,6 +122,8 @@ memcmp_bytes (a, b)
 }
 #endif

+static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
 /* memcmp_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN `op_t'
   objects (not LEN bytes!).  Both SRCP1 and SRCP2 should be aligned for
   memory operations on `op_t's.  */
@@ -116,16 +131,14 @@ memcmp_bytes (a, b)
 __inline
 #endif
 static int
-memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
-     long int srcp1;
-     long int srcp2;
-     size_t len;
+memcmp_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
 {
  op_t a0, a1;
  op_t b0, b1;

  switch (len % 4)
    {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
    case 2:
      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
@@ -196,6 +209,8 @@ memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
  return 0;
 }

+static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
 /* memcmp_not_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN
   `op_t' objects (not LEN bytes!).  SRCP2 should be aligned for memory
   operations on `op_t', but SRCP1 *should be unaligned*.  */
@@ -203,10 +218,7 @@ memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
 __inline
 #endif
 static int
-memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
-     long int srcp1;
-     long int srcp2;
-     size_t len;
+memcmp_not_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
 {
  op_t a0, a1, a2, a3;
  op_t b0, b1, b2, b3;
@@ -225,6 +237,7 @@ memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)

  switch (len % 4)
    {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
    case 2:
      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
@@ -305,10 +318,7 @@ memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
 }

 int
-memcmp (s1, s2, len)
-     const __ptr_t s1;
-     const __ptr_t s2;
-     size_t len;
+rpl_memcmp (const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len)
 {
  op_t a0;
  op_t b0;
@@ -366,8 +376,6 @@ memcmp (s1, s2, len)
 }

 #ifdef weak_alias
-#undef bcmp
+# undef bcmp
 weak_alias (memcmp, bcmp)
 #endif
-
-
--- a/lib/memcpy.c
+++ b/lib/memcpy.c
@@ -1,11 +1,29 @@
-/* Copy LEN bytes starting at SRCADDR to DESTADDR.  Result undefined
-   if the source overlaps with the destination.
-   Return DESTADDR. */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>.  */

 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

+/* Copy LEN bytes starting at SRCADDR to DESTADDR.  Result undefined
+   if the source overlaps with the destination.
+   Return DESTADDR. */
+
 char *
 memcpy (destaddr, srcaddr, len)
     char *destaddr;
--- a/lib/memset.c
+++ b/lib/memset.c
@@ -16,10 +16,7 @@
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 char *
-memset (str, c, len)
-     char *str;
-     int c;
-     unsigned len;
+memset (char *str, int c, unsigned int len)
 {
  register char *st = str;

--- a/lib/mkdir.c
+++ b/lib/mkdir.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BSD compatible make directory function for System V
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -48,11 +48,10 @@ extern int errno;
   subroutine didn't return EEXIST.  It does now.  */

 int
-mkdir (dpath, dmode)
-     char *dpath;
-     int dmode;
+mkdir (const char *dpath, int dmode)
 {
-  int cpid, status;
+  pid_t cpid;
+  int status;
  struct stat statbuf;

  if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) == 0)
@@ -86,7 +85,7 @@ mkdir (dpath, dmode)
      while (wait (&status) != cpid)
 	/* Do nothing.  */ ;

-      if (status & 0xFFFF)
+      if (status)
 	{
 	  /* /bin/mkdir failed.  */
 	  errno = EIO;
--- a/lib/mktime.c
+++ b/lib/mktime.c
@@ -1,79 +1,91 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Convert a `struct tm' to a time_t value.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
   Contributed by Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com).

-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
-   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* Define this to have a standalone program to test this implementation of
   mktime.  */
 /* #define DEBUG 1 */

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
+# define STDC_HEADERS 1
 #endif

 /* Assume that leap seconds are possible, unless told otherwise.
   If the host has a `zic' command with a `-L leapsecondfilename' option,
   then it supports leap seconds; otherwise it probably doesn't.  */
 #ifndef LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
-#define LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE 1
+# define LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE 1
 #endif

 #include <sys/types.h>		/* Some systems define `time_t' here.  */
 #include <time.h>

-#if __STDC__ || __GNU_LIBRARY__ || STDC_HEADERS
-#include <limits.h>
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
 #endif

 #if DEBUG
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if __STDC__ || __GNU_LIBRARY__ || STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
+# include <stdio.h>
+# if STDC_HEADERS
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
 /* Make it work even if the system's libc has its own mktime routine.  */
-#define mktime my_mktime
+# define mktime my_mktime
 #endif /* DEBUG */

 #ifndef __P
-#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#define __P(args) args
-#else
-#define __P(args) ()
-#endif  /* GCC.  */
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
 #endif  /* Not __P.  */

 #ifndef CHAR_BIT
-#define CHAR_BIT 8
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
 #endif

+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+/* The outer cast is needed to work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
+   It is necessary at least when t == time_t.  */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+			      ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+
 #ifndef INT_MIN
-#define INT_MIN (~0 << (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT - 1))
+# define INT_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (int)
 #endif
 #ifndef INT_MAX
-#define INT_MAX (~0 - INT_MIN)
+# define INT_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (int)
 #endif

 #ifndef TIME_T_MIN
-#define TIME_T_MIN (0 < (time_t) -1 ? (time_t) 0 \
-		    : ~ (time_t) 0 << (sizeof (time_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1))
+# define TIME_T_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t)
 #endif
 #ifndef TIME_T_MAX
-#define TIME_T_MAX (~ (time_t) 0 - TIME_T_MIN)
+# define TIME_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t)
 #endif

 #define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
@@ -82,7 +94,7 @@
 #ifndef __isleap
 /* Nonzero if YEAR is a leap year (every 4 years,
   except every 100th isn't, and every 400th is).  */
-#define	__isleap(year)	\
+# define __isleap(year)	\
  ((year) % 4 == 0 && ((year) % 100 != 0 || (year) % 400 == 0))
 #endif

@@ -95,23 +107,15 @@ const unsigned short int __mon_yday[2][13] =
    { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335, 366 }
  };

-static time_t ydhms_tm_diff __P ((int, int, int, int, int, const struct tm *));
-time_t __mktime_internal __P ((struct tm *,
-			       struct tm *(*) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
-			       time_t *));

-
-#if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined (localtime_r)
 #ifdef _LIBC
-#define localtime_r __localtime_r
+# define my_mktime_localtime_r __localtime_r
 #else
-/* Approximate localtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#define localtime_r my_localtime_r
-static struct tm *localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+/* If we're a mktime substitute in a GNU program, then prefer
+   localtime to localtime_r, since many localtime_r implementations
+   are buggy.  */
 static struct tm *
-localtime_r (t, tp)
-     const time_t *t;
-     struct tm *tp;
+my_mktime_localtime_r (const time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
  struct tm *l = localtime (t);
  if (! l)
@@ -120,60 +124,107 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
  return tp;
 }
 #endif /* ! _LIBC */
-#endif /* ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined (localtime_r) */


 /* Yield the difference between (YEAR-YDAY HOUR:MIN:SEC) and (*TP),
   measured in seconds, ignoring leap seconds.
   YEAR uses the same numbering as TM->tm_year.
   All values are in range, except possibly YEAR.
+   If TP is null, return a nonzero value.
   If overflow occurs, yield the low order bits of the correct answer.  */
 static time_t
-ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
-     int year, yday, hour, min, sec;
-     const struct tm *tp;
+ydhms_tm_diff (int year, int yday, int hour, int min, int sec,
+	       const struct tm *tp)
 {
-  time_t ay = year + (time_t) (TM_YEAR_BASE - 1);
-  time_t by = tp->tm_year + (time_t) (TM_YEAR_BASE - 1);
-  time_t intervening_leap_days =
-    (ay/4 - by/4) - (ay/100 - by/100) + (ay/400 - by/400);
-  time_t years = ay - by;
-  time_t days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
-		 + (yday - tp->tm_yday));
-  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (hour - tp->tm_hour))
-		+ (min - tp->tm_min))
-	  + (sec - tp->tm_sec));
+  if (!tp)
+    return 1;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+	 Take care to avoid int overflow.  time_t overflow is OK, since
+	 only the low order bits of the correct time_t answer are needed.
+	 Don't convert to time_t until after all divisions are done, since
+	 time_t might be unsigned.  */
+      int a4 = (year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (year & 3);
+      int b4 = (tp->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (tp->tm_year & 3);
+      int a100 = a4 / 25 - (a4 % 25 < 0);
+      int b100 = b4 / 25 - (b4 % 25 < 0);
+      int a400 = a100 >> 2;
+      int b400 = b100 >> 2;
+      int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+      time_t years = year - (time_t) tp->tm_year;
+      time_t days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
+		     + (yday - tp->tm_yday));
+      return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (hour - tp->tm_hour))
+		    + (min - tp->tm_min))
+	      + (sec - tp->tm_sec));
+    }
 }

-
-/* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
-time_t
-mktime (tp)
-     struct tm *tp;
+/* Use CONVERT to convert *T to a broken down time in *TP.
+   If *T is out of range for conversion, adjust it so that
+   it is the nearest in-range value and then convert that.  */
+static struct tm *
+ranged_convert (struct tm *(*convert) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
+		time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
-  static time_t localtime_offset;
-  return __mktime_internal (tp, localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
+  struct tm *r;
+
+  if (! (r = (*convert) (t, tp)) && *t)
+    {
+      time_t bad = *t;
+      time_t ok = 0;
+      struct tm tm;
+
+      /* BAD is a known unconvertible time_t, and OK is a known good one.
+	 Use binary search to narrow the range between BAD and OK until
+	 they differ by 1.  */
+      while (bad != ok + (bad < 0 ? -1 : 1))
+	{
+	  time_t mid = *t = (bad < 0
+			     ? bad + ((ok - bad) >> 1)
+			     : ok + ((bad - ok) >> 1));
+	  if ((r = (*convert) (t, tp)))
+	    {
+	      tm = *r;
+	      ok = mid;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    bad = mid;
+	}
+
+      if (!r && ok)
+	{
+	  /* The last conversion attempt failed;
+	     revert to the most recent successful attempt.  */
+	  *t = ok;
+	  *tp = tm;
+	  r = tp;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return r;
 }

+
 /* Convert *TP to a time_t value, inverting
   the monotonic and mostly-unit-linear conversion function CONVERT.
   Use *OFFSET to keep track of a guess at the offset of the result,
   compared to what the result would be for UTC without leap seconds.
   If *OFFSET's guess is correct, only one CONVERT call is needed.  */
 time_t
-__mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
-     struct tm *tp;
-     struct tm *(*convert) __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
-     time_t *offset;
+__mktime_internal (struct tm *tp,
+		   struct tm *(*convert) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
+		   time_t *offset)
 {
-  time_t t, dt, t0;
+  time_t t, dt, t0, t1, t2;
  struct tm tm;

  /* The maximum number of probes (calls to CONVERT) should be enough
     to handle any combinations of time zone rule changes, solar time,
-     and leap seconds.  Posix.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts
-     have them anyway.  */
-  int remaining_probes = 4;
+     leap seconds, and oscillations around a spring-forward gap.
+     POSIX.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts have them anyway.  */
+  int remaining_probes = 6;

  /* Time requested.  Copy it in case CONVERT modifies *TP; this can
     occur if TP is localtime's returned value and CONVERT is localtime.  */
@@ -202,10 +253,10 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
 	       [mon_remainder + 12 * negative_mon_remainder])
 	      + mday - 1);

+  int sec_requested = sec;
 #if LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
  /* Handle out-of-range seconds specially,
     since ydhms_tm_diff assumes every minute has 60 seconds.  */
-  int sec_requested = sec;
  if (sec < 0)
    sec = 0;
  if (59 < sec)
@@ -219,35 +270,52 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
  tm.tm_yday = tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
  t0 = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &tm);

-  for (t = t0 + *offset;
-       (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, (*convert) (&t, &tm)));
-       t += dt)
-    if (--remaining_probes == 0)
+  for (t = t1 = t2 = t0 + *offset;
+       (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
+			    ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm)));
+       t1 = t2, t2 = t, t += dt)
+    if (t == t1 && t != t2
+	&& (isdst < 0 || tm.tm_isdst < 0
+	    || (isdst != 0) != (tm.tm_isdst != 0)))
+      /* We can't possibly find a match, as we are oscillating
+	 between two values.  The requested time probably falls
+	 within a spring-forward gap of size DT.  Follow the common
+	 practice in this case, which is to return a time that is DT
+	 away from the requested time, preferring a time whose
+	 tm_isdst differs from the requested value.  In practice,
+	 this is more useful than returning -1.  */
+      break;
+    else if (--remaining_probes == 0)
      return -1;

-  /* Check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested value, if any.  */
-  if (0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
+  /* If we have a match, check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested
+     value, if any.  */
+  if (dt == 0 && isdst != tm.tm_isdst && 0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
    {
-      int dst_diff = (isdst != 0) - (tm.tm_isdst != 0);
-      if (dst_diff)
+      /* tm.tm_isdst has the wrong value.  Look for a neighboring
+	 time with the right value, and use its UTC offset.
+	 Heuristic: probe the previous three calendar quarters (approximately),
+	 looking for the desired isdst.  This isn't perfect,
+	 but it's good enough in practice.  */
+      int quarter = 7889238; /* seconds per average 1/4 Gregorian year */
+      int i;
+
+      /* If we're too close to the time_t limit, look in future quarters.  */
+      if (t < TIME_T_MIN + 3 * quarter)
+	quarter = -quarter;
+
+      for (i = 1; i <= 3; i++)
 	{
-	  /* Move two hours in the direction indicated by the disagreement,
-	     probe some more, and switch to a new time if found.
-	     The largest known fallback due to daylight savings is two hours:
-	     once, in Newfoundland, 1988-10-30 02:00 -> 00:00.  */
-	  time_t ot = t - 2 * 60 * 60 * dst_diff;
-	  while (--remaining_probes != 0)
+	  time_t ot = t - i * quarter;
+	  struct tm otm;
+	  ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm);
+	  if (otm.tm_isdst == isdst)
 	    {
-	      struct tm otm;
-	      if (! (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
-					 (*convert) (&ot, &otm))))
-		{
-		  t = ot;
-		  tm = otm;
-		  break;
-		}
-	      if ((ot += dt) == t)
-		break;  /* Avoid a redundant probe.  */
+	      /* We found the desired tm_isdst.
+		 Extrapolate back to the desired time.  */
+	      t = ot + ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &otm);
+	      ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm);
+	      break;
 	    }
 	}
    }
@@ -260,7 +328,8 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
      /* Adjust time to reflect the tm_sec requested, not the normalized value.
 	 Also, repair any damage from a false match due to a leap second.  */
      t += sec_requested - sec + (sec == 0 && tm.tm_sec == 60);
-      (*convert) (&t, &tm);
+      if (! (*convert) (&t, &tm))
+	return -1;
    }
 #endif

@@ -276,7 +345,15 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
      double dday = 366 * dyear + mday;
      double dsec = 60 * (60 * (24 * dday + hour) + min) + sec_requested;

-      if (TIME_T_MAX / 3 - TIME_T_MIN / 3 < (dsec < 0 ? - dsec : dsec))
+      /* On Irix4.0.5 cc, dividing TIME_T_MIN by 3 does not produce
+	 correct results, ie., it erroneously gives a positive value
+	 of 715827882.  Setting a variable first then doing math on it
+	 seems to work.  (ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu) */
+
+      const time_t time_t_max = TIME_T_MAX;
+      const time_t time_t_min = TIME_T_MIN;
+
+      if (time_t_max / 3 - time_t_min / 3 < (dsec < 0 ? - dsec : dsec))
 	return -1;
    }

@@ -284,6 +361,24 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
  return t;
 }

+
+static time_t localtime_offset;
+
+/* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
+time_t
+mktime (tp)
+     struct tm *tp;
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  __tzset ();
+#endif
+
+  return __mktime_internal (tp, my_mktime_localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
+}
+
 #ifdef weak_alias
 weak_alias (mktime, timelocal)
 #endif
@@ -310,25 +405,28 @@ static void
 print_tm (tp)
     struct tm *tp;
 {
-  printf ("%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d yday %03d wday %d isdst %d",
-	  tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE, tp->tm_mon + 1, tp->tm_mday,
-	  tp->tm_hour, tp->tm_min, tp->tm_sec,
-	  tp->tm_yday, tp->tm_wday, tp->tm_isdst);
+  if (tp)
+    printf ("%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d yday %03d wday %d isdst %d",
+	    tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE, tp->tm_mon + 1, tp->tm_mday,
+	    tp->tm_hour, tp->tm_min, tp->tm_sec,
+	    tp->tm_yday, tp->tm_wday, tp->tm_isdst);
+  else
+    printf ("0");
 }

 static int
-check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml)
+check_result (tk, tmk, tl, lt)
     time_t tk;
     struct tm tmk;
     time_t tl;
-     struct tm tml;
+     struct tm *lt;
 {
-  if (tk != tl || not_equal_tm (&tmk, &tml))
+  if (tk != tl || !lt || not_equal_tm (&tmk, lt))
    {
      printf ("mktime (");
      print_tm (&tmk);
      printf (")\nyields (");
-      print_tm (&tml);
+      print_tm (lt);
      printf (") == %ld, should be %ld\n", (long) tl, (long) tk);
      return 1;
    }
@@ -343,6 +441,7 @@ main (argc, argv)
 {
  int status = 0;
  struct tm tm, tmk, tml;
+  struct tm *lt;
  time_t tk, tl;
  char trailer;

@@ -359,11 +458,16 @@ main (argc, argv)
      tm.tm_isdst = argc == 3 ? -1 : atoi (argv[3]);
      tmk = tm;
      tl = mktime (&tmk);
-      tml = *localtime (&tl);
+      lt = localtime (&tl);
+      if (lt)
+	{
+	  tml = *lt;
+	  lt = &tml;
+	}
      printf ("mktime returns %ld == ", (long) tl);
      print_tm (&tmk);
      printf ("\n");
-      status = check_result (tl, tmk, tl, tml);
+      status = check_result (tl, tmk, tl, lt);
    }
  else if (argc == 4 || (argc == 5 && strcmp (argv[4], "-") == 0))
    {
@@ -374,19 +478,35 @@ main (argc, argv)
      if (argc == 4)
 	for (tl = from; tl <= to; tl += by)
 	  {
-	    tml = *localtime (&tl);
-	    tmk = tml;
-	    tk = mktime (&tmk);
-	    status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+	    lt = localtime (&tl);
+	    if (lt)
+	      {
+		tmk = tml = *lt;
+		tk = mktime (&tmk);
+		status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		printf ("localtime (%ld) yields 0\n", (long) tl);
+		status = 1;
+	      }
 	  }
      else
 	for (tl = from; tl <= to; tl += by)
 	  {
 	    /* Null benchmark.  */
-	    tml = *localtime (&tl);
-	    tmk = tml;
-	    tk = tl;
-	    status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+	    lt = localtime (&tl);
+	    if (lt)
+	      {
+		tmk = tml = *lt;
+		tk = tl;
+		status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		printf ("localtime (%ld) yields 0\n", (long) tl);
+		status = 1;
+	      }
 	  }
    }
  else
@@ -403,6 +523,6 @@ main (argc, argv)

 /*
 Local Variables:
-compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG=1 -Wall -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
+compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG -DHAVE_LIMITS_H -DSTDC_HEADERS -Wall -W -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
 End:
 */
--- a/lib/modechange.c
+++ b/lib/modechange.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -55,7 +55,58 @@ char *malloc ();

 #define isodigit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '7')

-static int oatoi ();
+/* Return a positive integer containing the value of the ASCII
+   octal number S.  If S is not an octal number, return -1.  */
+
+static int
+oatoi (const char *s)
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (*s == 0)
+    return -1;
+  for (i = 0; isodigit (*s); ++s)
+    i = i * 8 + *s - '0';
+  if (*s)
+    return -1;
+  return i;
+}
+
+/* Create a mode_change entry with the specified `=ddd'-style
+   mode change operation, where NEW_MODE is `ddd'.  Return the
+   new entry, or NULL upon failure.  */
+
+static struct mode_change *
+make_node_op_equals (int new_mode)
+{
+  struct mode_change *p;
+  p = talloc (struct mode_change);
+  if (p == NULL)
+    return p;
+  p->next = NULL;
+  p->op = '=';
+  p->flags = 0;
+  p->value = new_mode;
+  p->affected = 07777;	/* Affect all permissions. */
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Append entry E to the end of the link list with the specified
+   HEAD and TAIL.  */
+
+static void
+mode_append_entry (struct mode_change **head,
+		   struct mode_change **tail,
+		   struct mode_change *e)
+{
+  if (*head == NULL)
+    *head = *tail = e;
+  else
+    {
+      (*tail)->next = e;
+      *tail = e;
+    }
+}

 /* Return a linked list of file mode change operations created from
   MODE_STRING, an ASCII string that contains either an octal number
@@ -71,46 +122,47 @@ static int oatoi ();
   return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED if there is insufficient memory. */

 struct mode_change *
-mode_compile (mode_string, masked_ops)
-     const char *mode_string;
-     unsigned masked_ops;
+mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 {
  struct mode_change *head;	/* First element of the linked list. */
-  struct mode_change *change;	/* An element of the linked list. */
+  struct mode_change *tail;	/* An element of the linked list. */
  int i;			/* General purpose temporary. */
  int umask_value;		/* The umask value (surprise). */
-  unsigned short affected_bits;	/* Which bits in the mode are operated on. */
-  unsigned short affected_masked; /* `affected_bits' modified by umask. */
-  unsigned ops_to_mask;		/* Operators to actually use umask on. */
+
+  head = NULL;
+#ifdef lint
+  tail = NULL;
+#endif

  i = oatoi (mode_string);
  if (i >= 0)
    {
+      struct mode_change *p;
      if (i > 07777)
 	return MODE_INVALID;
-      head = talloc (struct mode_change);
-      if (head == NULL)
+      p = make_node_op_equals (i);
+      if (p == NULL)
 	return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-      head->next = NULL;
-      head->op = '=';
-      head->flags = 0;
-      head->value = i;
-      head->affected = 07777;	/* Affect all permissions. */
+      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
      return head;
    }

  umask_value = umask (0);
  umask (umask_value);		/* Restore the old value. */
-
-  head = NULL;
-#ifdef lint
-  change = NULL;
-#endif
  --mode_string;

  /* One loop iteration for each "ugoa...=+-rwxXstugo...[=+-rwxXstugo...]". */
  do
    {
+      /* Which bits in the mode are operated on. */
+      unsigned short affected_bits = 0;
+      /* `affected_bits' modified by umask. */
+      unsigned short affected_masked;
+      /* Operators to actually use umask on. */
+      unsigned ops_to_mask = 0;
+
+      int who_specified_p;
+
      affected_bits = 0;
      ops_to_mask = 0;
      /* Turn on all the bits in `affected_bits' for each group given. */
@@ -136,37 +188,39 @@ mode_compile (mode_string, masked_ops)
    no_more_affected:
      /* If none specified, affect all bits, except perhaps those
 	 set in the umask. */
-      if (affected_bits == 0)
+      if (affected_bits)
+	who_specified_p = 1;
+      else
 	{
+	  who_specified_p = 0;
 	  affected_bits = 07777;
 	  ops_to_mask = masked_ops;
 	}

      while (*mode_string == '=' || *mode_string == '+' || *mode_string == '-')
 	{
-	  /* Add the element to the tail of the list, so the operations
-	     are performed in the correct order. */
-	  if (head == NULL)
+	  struct mode_change *change = talloc (struct mode_change);
+	  if (change == NULL)
 	    {
-	      head = talloc (struct mode_change);
-	      if (head == NULL)
-		return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-	      change = head;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      change->next = talloc (struct mode_change);
-	      if (change->next == NULL)
-		{
-		  mode_free (change);
-		  return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-		}
-	      change = change->next;
+	      mode_free (head);
+	      return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
 	    }

 	  change->next = NULL;
 	  change->op = *mode_string;	/* One of "=+-". */
 	  affected_masked = affected_bits;
+
+	  /* Per the Single Unix Spec, if `who' is not specified and the
+	     `=' operator is used, then clear all the bits first.  */
+	  if (!who_specified_p &&
+	      ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS : 0))
+	    {
+	      struct mode_change *p = make_node_op_equals (0);
+	      if (p == NULL)
+		return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
+	      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
+	    }
+
 	  if (ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS
 			     : *mode_string == '+' ? MODE_MASK_PLUS
 			     : MODE_MASK_MINUS))
@@ -175,6 +229,10 @@ mode_compile (mode_string, masked_ops)
 	  change->value = 0;
 	  change->flags = 0;

+	  /* Add the element to the tail of the list, so the operations
+	     are performed in the correct order. */
+	  mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, change);
+
 	  /* Set `value' according to the bits set in `affected_masked'. */
 	  for (++mode_string;; ++mode_string)
 	    switch (*mode_string)
@@ -236,15 +294,39 @@ invalid:
  return MODE_INVALID;
 }

+/* Return a file mode change operation that sets permissions to match those
+   of REF_FILE.  Return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE if REF_FILE can't be accessed.  */
+
+struct mode_change *
+mode_create_from_ref (const char *ref_file)
+{
+  struct mode_change *change;	/* the only change element */
+  struct stat ref_stats;
+
+  if (stat (ref_file, &ref_stats))
+    return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE;
+
+  change = talloc (struct mode_change);
+
+  if (change == NULL)
+    return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
+
+  change->op = '=';
+  change->flags = 0;
+  change->affected = 07777;
+  change->value = ref_stats.st_mode;
+  change->next = NULL;
+
+  return change;
+}
+
 /* Return file mode OLDMODE, adjusted as indicated by the list of change
   operations CHANGES.  If OLDMODE is a directory, the type `X'
   change affects it even if no execute bits were set in OLDMODE.
   The returned value has the S_IFMT bits cleared. */

 unsigned short
-mode_adjust (oldmode, changes)
-     unsigned oldmode;
-     const struct mode_change *changes;
+mode_adjust (unsigned int oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
 {
  unsigned short newmode;	/* The adjusted mode and one operand. */
  unsigned short value;		/* The other operand. */
@@ -309,8 +391,7 @@ mode_adjust (oldmode, changes)
   CHANGES. */

 void
-mode_free (changes)
-     register struct mode_change *changes;
+mode_free (register struct mode_change *changes)
 {
  register struct mode_change *next;

@@ -321,21 +402,3 @@ mode_free (changes)
      changes = next;
    }
 }
-
-/* Return a positive integer containing the value of the ASCII
-   octal number S.  If S is not an octal number, return -1.  */
-
-static int
-oatoi (s)
-     char *s;
-{
-  register int i;
-
-  if (*s == 0)
-    return -1;
-  for (i = 0; isodigit (*s); ++s)
-    i = i * 8 + *s - '0';
-  if (*s)
-    return -1;
-  return i;
-}
--- a/lib/modechange.h
+++ b/lib/modechange.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.h -- definitions for file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,14 +17,17 @@

 /* Masks for the `flags' field in a `struct mode_change'. */

+#if ! defined MODECHANGE_H_
+# define MODECHANGE_H_
+
 /* Affect the execute bits only if at least one execute bit is set already,
   or if the file is a directory. */
-#define MODE_X_IF_ANY_X 01
+# define MODE_X_IF_ANY_X 01

 /* If set, copy some existing permissions for u, g, or o onto the other two.
   Which of u, g, or o is copied is determined by which bits are set in the
   `value' field. */
-#define MODE_COPY_EXISTING 02
+# define MODE_COPY_EXISTING 02

 struct mode_change
 {
@@ -36,22 +39,27 @@ struct mode_change
 };

 /* Masks for mode_compile argument. */
-#define MODE_MASK_EQUALS 1
-#define MODE_MASK_PLUS 2
-#define MODE_MASK_MINUS 4
+# define MODE_MASK_EQUALS 1
+# define MODE_MASK_PLUS 2
+# define MODE_MASK_MINUS 4
+# define MODE_MASK_ALL (MODE_MASK_EQUALS | MODE_MASK_PLUS | MODE_MASK_MINUS)

 /* Error return values for mode_compile. */
-#define MODE_INVALID (struct mode_change *) 0
-#define MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED (struct mode_change *) 1
+# define MODE_INVALID (struct mode_change *) 0
+# define MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED (struct mode_change *) 1
+# define MODE_BAD_REFERENCE (struct mode_change *) 2

-#ifndef __P
-# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#  define __P(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define __P(Args) ()
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif

-struct mode_change *mode_compile __P ((const char *, unsigned));
-unsigned short mode_adjust __P ((unsigned, const struct mode_change *));
-void mode_free __P ((struct mode_change *));
+struct mode_change *mode_compile PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
+struct mode_change *mode_create_from_ref PARAMS ((const char *));
+unsigned short mode_adjust PARAMS ((unsigned, const struct mode_change *));
+void mode_free PARAMS ((struct mode_change *));
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/mountlist.c
+++ b/lib/mountlist.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* mountlist.c -- return a list of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -24,89 +24,115 @@
 #include "mountlist.h"

 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 void free ();
 #endif
 #if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif

+#ifndef strstr
 char *strstr ();
+#endif
 char *xmalloc ();
 char *xrealloc ();
 char *xstrdup ();
 void error ();

-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
 #endif

 #if defined (MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT)	/* __alpha running OSF_1 */
-#  include <sys/mount.h>
-#  include <sys/fs_types.h>
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+# include <sys/fs_types.h>
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT */

 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix.  */
-#include <mntent.h>
-#if !defined(MOUNTED)
+# include <mntent.h>
+# if !defined(MOUNTED)
 #  if defined(MNT_MNTTAB)	/* HP-UX.  */
-#    define MOUNTED MNT_MNTTAB
+#   define MOUNTED MNT_MNTTAB
 #  endif
 #  if defined(MNTTABNAME)	/* Dynix.  */
-#    define MOUNTED MNTTABNAME
+#   define MOUNTED MNTTABNAME
 #  endif
-#endif
+# endif
 #endif

 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO	/* 4.4BSD.  */
-#include <sys/mount.h>
+# include <sys/mount.h>
 #endif

 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNT		/* Ultrix.  */
-#include <sys/mount.h>
-#include <sys/fs_types.h>
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+# include <sys/fs_types.h>
 #endif

 #ifdef MOUNTED_FREAD		/* SVR2.  */
-#include <mnttab.h>
+# include <mnttab.h>
 #endif

 #ifdef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP	/* SVR3.  */
-#include <mnttab.h>
-#include <sys/fstyp.h>
-#include <sys/statfs.h>
+# include <mnttab.h>
+# include <sys/fstyp.h>
+# include <sys/statfs.h>
 #endif

 #ifdef MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT
-#include <mntent.h>
+# include <mntent.h>
 #endif

 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2	/* SVR4.  */
-#include <sys/mnttab.h>
+# include <sys/mnttab.h>
 #endif

 #ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT		/* AIX.  */
-#include <fshelp.h>
-#include <sys/vfs.h>
+# include <fshelp.h>
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
 #endif

 #ifdef DOLPHIN
 /* So special that it's not worth putting this in autoconf.  */
-#undef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP
-#define MOUNTED_GETMNTTBL
+# undef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP
+# define MOUNTED_GETMNTTBL
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H
+/* This is to get MNTOPT_IGNORE on e.g. SVR4.  */
+# include <sys/mntent.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MNTOPT_IGNORE) && defined (HAVE_HASMNTOPT)
+# define MNT_IGNORE(M) hasmntopt ((M), MNTOPT_IGNORE)
+#else
+# define MNT_IGNORE(M) 0
 #endif

 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix.  */
 /* Return the value of the hexadecimal number represented by CP.
   No prefix (like '0x') or suffix (like 'h') is expected to be
   part of CP. */
+/* FIXME: this can overflow */

 static int
-xatoi (cp)
-     char *cp;
+xatoi (char *cp)
 {
  int val;

@@ -127,107 +153,120 @@ xatoi (cp)
 }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1.  */

-#if defined (MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO) && !defined (__NetBSD__)
+#if MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO
+
+# if ! HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS
 static char *
-fstype_to_string (t)
-     short t;
+fstype_to_string (short t)
 {
  switch (t)
    {
-#ifdef MOUNT_PC
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PC
    case MOUNT_PC:
      return "pc";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_MFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_MFS
    case MOUNT_MFS:
      return "mfs";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_LO
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LO
    case MOUNT_LO:
      return "lo";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_TFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_TFS
    case MOUNT_TFS:
      return "tfs";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_TMP
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_TMP
    case MOUNT_TMP:
      return "tmp";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_UFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UFS
   case MOUNT_UFS:
     return "ufs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_NFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_NFS
   case MOUNT_NFS:
     return "nfs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
   case MOUNT_MSDOS:
     return "msdos" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_LFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LFS
   case MOUNT_LFS:
     return "lfs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
   case MOUNT_LOFS:
     return "lofs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
   case MOUNT_FDESC:
     return "fdesc" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
   case MOUNT_PORTAL:
     return "portal" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_NULL
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_NULL
   case MOUNT_NULL:
     return "null" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
   case MOUNT_UMAP:
     return "umap" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
   case MOUNT_KERNFS:
     return "kernfs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
   case MOUNT_PROCFS:
     return "procfs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_AFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_AFS
   case MOUNT_AFS:
     return "afs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
   case MOUNT_CD9660:
     return "cd9660" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_UNION
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_UNION
   case MOUNT_UNION:
     return "union" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
   case MOUNT_DEVFS:
     return "devfs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
+#  endif
+#  ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
   case MOUNT_EXT2FS:
     return "ext2fs" ;
-#endif
+#  endif
    default:
      return "?";
    }
 }
+# endif /* ! HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS */
+
+/* __NetBSD__ || BSD_NET2 || __OpenBSD__ */
+static char *
+fsp_to_string (const struct statfs *fsp)
+{
+# if defined HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS
+  return fsp->f_fstypename;
+# else
+  return fstype_to_string (fsp->f_type);
+# endif
+}
+
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO */

 #ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT		/* AIX.  */
 static char *
-fstype_to_string (t)
-     int t;
+fstype_to_string (int t)
 {
  struct vfs_ent *e;

@@ -242,22 +281,14 @@ fstype_to_string (t)
 /* Return a list of the currently mounted filesystems, or NULL on error.
   Add each entry to the tail of the list so that they stay in order.
   If NEED_FS_TYPE is nonzero, ensure that the filesystem type fields in
-   the returned list are valid.  Otherwise, they might not be.
-   If ALL_FS is zero, do not return entries for filesystems that
-   are automounter (dummy) entries.  */
+   the returned list are valid.  Otherwise, they might not be.  */

 struct mount_entry *
-read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
-     int need_fs_type, all_fs;
+read_filesystem_list (int need_fs_type)
 {
  struct mount_entry *mount_list;
  struct mount_entry *me;
-  struct mount_entry *mtail;
-
-  /* Start the list off with a dummy entry. */
-  me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
-  me->me_next = NULL;
-  mount_list = mtail = me;
+  struct mount_entry **mtail = &mount_list;

 #ifdef MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT
  {
@@ -272,18 +303,17 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)

    if(listmntent(&mntlist, KMTAB, NULL, NULL) < 0)
      return NULL;
-    p = mntlist;
-    while(p){
+    for (p = mntlist; p; p = p->next) {
      mnt = p->ment;
      me = (struct mount_entry*) xmalloc(sizeof (struct mount_entry));
      me->me_devname = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_fsname);
      me->me_mountdir = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_dir);
      me->me_type = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_type);
+      me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+      me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
      me->me_dev = -1;
-      me->me_next = NULL;
-      mtail->me_next = me;
-      mtail = me;
-      p = p->next;
+      *mtail = me;
+      mtail = &me->me_next;
    }
    freemntlist(mntlist);
  }
@@ -302,14 +332,12 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)

    while ((mnt = getmntent (fp)))
      {
-	if (!all_fs && (!strcmp (mnt->mnt_type, "ignore")
-			|| !strcmp (mnt->mnt_type, "auto")))
-	  continue;
-
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_fsname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_dir);
 	me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt->mnt_type);
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	devopt = strstr (mnt->mnt_opts, "dev=");
 	if (devopt)
 	  {
@@ -320,15 +348,14 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	  }
 	else
 	  me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;

 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
      }

    if (endmntent (fp) == 0)
-      return NULL;
+      goto free_then_fail;
  }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1. */

@@ -340,23 +367,21 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
    entries = getmntinfo (&fsp, MNT_NOWAIT);
    if (entries < 0)
      return NULL;
-    while (entries-- > 0)
+    for (; entries-- > 0; fsp++)
      {
+	char *fs_type = fsp_to_string (fsp);
+
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntfromname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntonname);
-#ifdef __NetBSD__
-	me->me_type = xstrdup (fsp->f_fstypename);
-#else
-	me->me_type = fstype_to_string (fsp->f_type);
-#endif
+	me->me_type = fs_type;
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;

 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
-	fsp++;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
      }
  }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO */
@@ -367,22 +392,24 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
    int val;
    struct fs_data fsd;

-    while ((val = getmnt (&offset, &fsd, sizeof (fsd), NOSTAT_MANY,
-			  (char *) 0)) > 0)
+    while (errno = 0,
+	   0 < (val = getmnt (&offset, &fsd, sizeof (fsd), NOSTAT_MANY,
+			      (char *) 0)))
      {
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsd.fd_req.devname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsd.fd_req.path);
 	me->me_type = gt_names[fsd.fd_req.fstype];
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = fsd.fd_req.dev;
-	me->me_next = NULL;

 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
      }
    if (val < 0)
-      return NULL;
+      goto free_then_fail;
  }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNT. */

@@ -411,12 +438,13 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntfromname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntonname);
 	me->me_type = mnt_names[stats[counter].f_type];
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;

 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
      }

    free (stats);
@@ -436,17 +464,17 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
    while (fread (&mnt, sizeof mnt, 1, fp) > 0)
      {
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
-#ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
+# ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mt_dev);
-#else
+# else
 	me->me_devname = xmalloc (strlen (mnt.mt_dev) + 6);
 	strcpy (me->me_devname, "/dev/");
 	strcpy (me->me_devname + 5, mnt.mt_dev);
-#endif
+# endif
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mt_filsys);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
 	me->me_type = "";
-#ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
+# ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
 	if (need_fs_type)
 	  {
 	    struct statfs fsd;
@@ -456,16 +484,25 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 		&& sysfs (GETFSTYP, fsd.f_fstyp, typebuf) != -1)
 	      me->me_type = xstrdup (typebuf);
 	  }
-#endif
-	me->me_next = NULL;
+# endif
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);

 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
+      }
+
+    if (ferror (fp))
+      {
+	int saved_errno = errno;
+	fclose (fp);
+	errno = saved_errno;
+	goto free_then_fail;
      }

    if (fclose (fp) == EOF)
-      return NULL;
+      goto free_then_fail;
  }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_FREAD || MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP.  */

@@ -478,12 +515,13 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup ( (*ent)->mt_resource);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup( (*ent)->mt_directory);
 	me->me_type =  xstrdup ((*ent)->mt_fstype);
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;

 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
      }
    endmnttbl();
  }
@@ -495,29 +533,69 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
    char *table = MNTTAB;
    FILE *fp;
    int ret;
+    int lockfd = -1;

+# if defined F_RDLCK && defined F_SETLKW
+    /* MNTTAB_LOCK is a macro name of our own invention; it's not present in
+       e.g. Solaris 2.6.  If the SVR4 folks ever define a macro
+       for this file name, we should use their macro name instead.
+       (Why not just lock MNTTAB directly?  We don't know.)  */
+#  ifndef MNTTAB_LOCK
+#   define MNTTAB_LOCK "/etc/.mnttab.lock"
+#  endif
+    lockfd = open (MNTTAB_LOCK, O_RDONLY);
+    if (0 <= lockfd)
+      {
+	struct flock flock;
+	flock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+	flock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+	flock.l_start = 0;
+	flock.l_len = 0;
+	while (fcntl (lockfd, F_SETLKW, &flock) == -1)
+	  if (errno != EINTR)
+	    {
+	      int saved_errno = errno;
+	      close (lockfd);
+	      errno = saved_errno;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+      }
+    else if (errno != ENOENT)
+      return NULL;
+# endif
+
+    errno = 0;
    fp = fopen (table, "r");
    if (fp == NULL)
-      return NULL;
-
-    while ((ret = getmntent (fp, &mnt)) == 0)
+      ret = errno;
+    else
      {
-	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
-	me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_special);
-	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_mountp);
-	me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_fstype);
-	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
-	me->me_next = NULL;
+	while ((ret = getmntent (fp, &mnt)) == 0)
+	  {
+	    me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
+	    me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_special);
+	    me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_mountp);
+	    me->me_type = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_fstype);
+	    me->me_dummy = MNT_IGNORE (&mnt) != 0;
+	    me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	    me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */

-	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	    /* Add to the linked list. */
+	    *mtail = me;
+	    mtail = &me->me_next;
+	  }
+
+	ret = fclose (fp) == EOF ? errno : 0 < ret ? 0 : -1;
      }

-    if (ret > 0)
-      return NULL;
-   if (fclose (fp) == EOF)
-      return NULL;
+    if (0 <= lockfd && close (lockfd) != 0)
+      ret = errno;
+
+    if (0 <= ret)
+      {
+	errno = ret;
+	goto free_then_fail;
+      }
  }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2.  */

@@ -543,6 +621,7 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	  {
 	    char *host, *path;

+	    me->me_remote = 1;
 	    /* Prepend the remote pathname.  */
 	    host = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_HOSTNAME].vmt_off;
 	    path = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_OBJECT].vmt_off;
@@ -553,25 +632,43 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	  }
 	else
 	  {
+	    me->me_remote = 0;
 	    me->me_devname = xstrdup (thisent +
 				      vmp->vmt_data[VMT_OBJECT].vmt_off);
 	  }
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_STUB].vmt_off);
 	me->me_type = xstrdup (fstype_to_string (vmp->vmt_gfstype));
+	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1; /* vmt_fsid might be the info we want.  */
-	me->me_next = NULL;

 	/* Add to the linked list. */
-	mtail->me_next = me;
-	mtail = me;
+	*mtail = me;
+	mtail = &me->me_next;
      }
    free (entries);
  }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_VMOUNT. */

-  /* Free the dummy head. */
-  me = mount_list;
-  mount_list = mount_list->me_next;
-  free (me);
+  *mtail = NULL;
  return mount_list;
+
+
+ free_then_fail:
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    *mtail = NULL;
+
+    while (mount_list)
+      {
+	me = mount_list->me_next;
+	free (mount_list->me_devname);
+	free (mount_list->me_mountdir);
+	/* FIXME: me_type is not always malloced.  */
+	free (mount_list);
+	mount_list = me;
+      }
+
+    errno = saved_errno;
+    return NULL;
+  }
 }
--- a/lib/mountlist.h
+++ b/lib/mountlist.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* mountlist.h -- declarations for list of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,11 +22,26 @@ struct mount_entry
  char *me_mountdir;		/* Mount point directory pathname. */
  char *me_type;		/* "nfs", "4.2", etc. */
  dev_t me_dev;			/* Device number of me_mountdir. */
+  unsigned int me_dummy : 1;	/* Nonzero for dummy filesystems. */
+  unsigned int me_remote : 1;	/* Nonzero for remote fileystems. */
  struct mount_entry *me_next;
 };

-#if __STDC__
-struct mount_entry *read_filesystem_list (int need_fs_type, int all_fs);
-#else
-struct mount_entry *read_filesystem_list ();
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+struct mount_entry *read_filesystem_list PARAMS ((int need_fs_type));
+
+#ifndef ME_DUMMY
+# define ME_DUMMY(fs_name, fs_type) \
+    (!strcmp (fs_type, "auto") || !strcmp (fs_type, "ignore"))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ME_REMOTE
+# define ME_REMOTE(fs_name, fs_type) (strchr (fs_name, ':') != 0)
 #endif
--- a/lib/obstack.c
+++ b/lib/obstack.c
@@ -1,19 +1,23 @@
 /* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.

-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.

-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #include "obstack.h"

@@ -52,7 +56,7 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 /* Determine default alignment.  */
 struct fooalign {char x; double d;};
 #define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT  \
-  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *)&((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *)0))
+  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *) &((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *) 0))
 /* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
   But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
   DEFAULT_ROUNDING.  So we prepare for it to do that.  */
@@ -67,6 +71,28 @@ union fooround {long x; double d;};
 #define COPYING_UNIT int
 #endif

+
+/* The functions allocating more room by calling `obstack_chunk_alloc'
+   jump to the handler pointed to by `obstack_alloc_failed_handler'.
+   This variable by default points to the internal function
+   `print_and_abort'.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+static void print_and_abort (void);
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort;
+#else
+static void print_and_abort ();
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) () = print_and_abort;
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+#if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || defined HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
+
 /* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable
   to avoid multiple evaluation.  */

@@ -78,6 +104,20 @@ struct obstack *_obstack;
   For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
   do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */

+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) (long)) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+#define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(void (*) (void *)) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+#else
 #define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
@@ -90,6 +130,7 @@ struct obstack *_obstack;
    else \
      (*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
  } while (0)
+#endif


 /* Initialize an obstack H for use.  Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
@@ -106,10 +147,15 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
     struct obstack *h;
     int size;
     int alignment;
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (long);
+     void (*freefun) (void *);
+#else
     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
     void (*freefun) ();
+#endif
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk* chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */

  if (alignment == 0)
    alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
@@ -130,25 +176,27 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
      size = 4096 - extra;
    }

+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+#else
  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
  h->freefun = freefun;
+#endif
  h->chunk_size = size;
  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
  h->use_extra_arg = 0;

  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
  if (!chunk)
-    {
-      h->alloc_failed = 1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
  chunk->prev = 0;
  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
  return 1;
 }

@@ -157,11 +205,16 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
     struct obstack *h;
     int size;
     int alignment;
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (POINTER, long);
+     void (*freefun) (POINTER, POINTER);
+#else
     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
     void (*freefun) ();
+#endif
     POINTER arg;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk* chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */

  if (alignment == 0)
    alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
@@ -182,8 +235,13 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
      size = 4096 - extra;
    }

+#if defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+#else
  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
  h->freefun = freefun;
+#endif
  h->chunk_size = size;
  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
  h->extra_arg = arg;
@@ -191,17 +249,14 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)

  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
  if (!chunk)
-    {
-      h->alloc_failed = 1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
  chunk->prev = 0;
  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
  return 1;
 }

@@ -216,8 +271,8 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
     struct obstack *h;
     int length;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*	old_chunk = h->chunk;
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*	new_chunk;
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk;
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk;
  register long	new_size;
  register int obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
  register int i;
@@ -231,11 +286,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
  /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk.  */
  new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size);
  if (!new_chunk)
-    {
-      h->alloc_failed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
  h->chunk = new_chunk;
  new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
  new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
@@ -290,14 +341,14 @@ _obstack_allocated_p (h, obj)
     struct obstack *h;
     POINTER obj;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */

  lp = (h)->chunk;
  /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at
     the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly
-     at the end of an adjacent chunk. */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+     at the end of an adjacent chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
    {
      plp = lp->prev;
      lp = plp;
@@ -318,14 +369,14 @@ _obstack_free (h, obj)
     struct obstack *h;
     POINTER obj;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */

  lp = h->chunk;
  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
     But there can be an empty object at that address
     at the end of another chunk.  */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
    {
      plp = lp->prev;
      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
@@ -336,7 +387,7 @@ _obstack_free (h, obj)
    }
  if (lp)
    {
-      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *)(obj);
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
      h->chunk = lp;
    }
@@ -352,14 +403,14 @@ obstack_free (h, obj)
     struct obstack *h;
     POINTER obj;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */

  lp = h->chunk;
  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
     But there can be an empty object at that address
     at the end of another chunk.  */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
    {
      plp = lp->prev;
      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
@@ -370,7 +421,7 @@ obstack_free (h, obj)
    }
  if (lp)
    {
-      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *)(obj);
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
      h->chunk = lp;
    }
@@ -379,6 +430,39 @@ obstack_free (h, obj)
    abort ();
 }

+int
+_obstack_memory_used (h)
+     struct obstack *h;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk* lp;
+  register int nbytes = 0;
+
+  for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev)
+    {
+      nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp;
+    }
+  return nbytes;
+}
+
+/* Define the error handler.  */
+#ifndef _
+# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  ifndef _
+#   define _(Str) gettext (Str)
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define _(Str) (Str)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+static void
+print_and_abort ()
+{
+  fputs (_("memory exhausted\n"), stderr);
+  exit (obstack_exit_failure);
+}
+
 #if 0
 /* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it
   and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV.  */
@@ -417,6 +501,13 @@ int (obstack_room) (obstack)
  return obstack_room (obstack);
 }

+int (obstack_make_room) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_make_room (obstack, length);
+}
+
 void (obstack_grow) (obstack, pointer, length)
     struct obstack *obstack;
     POINTER pointer;
--- a/lib/obstack.h
+++ b/lib/obstack.h
@@ -1,19 +1,25 @@
 /* obstack.h - object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.

-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.

-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */

 /* Summary:

@@ -100,28 +106,23 @@ Summary:

 /* Don't do the contents of this file more than once.  */

-#ifndef __OBSTACK_H__
-#define __OBSTACK_H__
+#ifndef _OBSTACK_H
+#define _OBSTACK_H 1

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
 #endif
-
-#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && defined (HAVE_MEMCPY) && !defined (bcopy)
-# define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
-#endif
-

-/* We use subtraction of (char *)0 instead of casting to int
+/* We use subtraction of (char *) 0 instead of casting to int
   because on word-addressable machines a simple cast to int
   may ignore the byte-within-word field of the pointer.  */

 #ifndef __PTR_TO_INT
-#define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *)0)
+#define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *) 0)
 #endif

 #ifndef __INT_TO_PTR
-#define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *)0)
+#define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0)
 #endif

 /* We need the type of the resulting object.  In ANSI C it is ptrdiff_t
@@ -141,18 +142,23 @@ Summary:
 #include <stddef.h>
 #endif

-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PTRDIFF_T
-# define ptrdiff_t off_t
-#endif
-
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 #define PTR_INT_TYPE ptrdiff_t
 #else
 #define PTR_INT_TYPE long
 #endif

+#if defined (_LIBC) || defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#include <string.h>
+#define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+#else
+#ifdef memcpy
+#define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+#else
+#define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) bcopy ((From), (To), (N))
+#endif
+#endif
+
 struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
 {
  char  *limit;			/* 1 past end of this chunk */
@@ -163,7 +169,7 @@ struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
 struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
 {
  long	chunk_size;		/* preferred size to allocate chunks in */
-  struct _obstack_chunk* chunk;	/* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk;	/* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
  char	*object_base;		/* address of object we are building */
  char	*next_free;		/* where to add next char to current object */
  char	*chunk_limit;		/* address of char after current chunk */
@@ -175,7 +181,7 @@ struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
     but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long);
  void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *);
-  void *extra_arg;             /* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+  void *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
 #else
  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (); /* User's fcn to allocate a chunk.  */
  void (*freefun) ();		/* User's function to free a chunk.  */
@@ -186,7 +192,9 @@ struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
 				   chunk contains a zero-length object.  This
 				   prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate
 				   a bigger chunk to replace it. */
-  unsigned alloc_failed:1;	/* chunk alloc func returned 0 */
+  unsigned alloc_failed:1;	/* No longer used, as we now call the failed
+				   handler on error, but retained for binary
+				   compatibility.  */
 };

 /* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c.  */
@@ -199,11 +207,13 @@ extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int,
 extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int,
 			     void *(*) (void *, long),
 			     void (*) (void *, void *), void *);
+extern int _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *);
 #else
 extern void _obstack_newchunk ();
 extern void _obstack_free ();
 extern int _obstack_begin ();
 extern int _obstack_begin_1 ();
+extern int _obstack_memory_used ();
 #endif

 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
@@ -234,6 +244,7 @@ void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack);

 int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack);
+void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
 void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
 void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
@@ -243,17 +254,30 @@ void * obstack_base (struct obstack *obstack);
 void * obstack_next_free (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack);

 #endif /* __STDC__ */

 /* Non-ANSI C cannot really support alternative functions for these macros,
   so we do not declare them.  */
+
+/* Error handler called when `obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate
+   more memory.  This can be set to a user defined function.  The
+   default action is to print a message and abort.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void);
+#else
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+extern int obstack_exit_failure;

 /* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next.
   Note that this might not be the final address of the object
   because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size.  */

-#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->object_base)
+#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->object_base)

 /* Size for allocating ordinary chunks.  */

@@ -261,7 +285,7 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);

 /* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk.  */

-#define obstack_next_free(h)	((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->next_free)
+#define obstack_next_free(h)	((h)->next_free)

 /* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object.  */

@@ -273,25 +297,26 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);

 #define obstack_init(h) \
  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
-                 (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)

 #define obstack_begin(h, size) \
  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
-                 (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)

 #define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-                   (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+		    (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))

 #define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-                   (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun), (arg))
+		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun), \
+		    (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg))

 #define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
-  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(long)) (newchunkfun))
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(void *, long)) (newchunkfun))

 #define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
-  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *)) (newfreefun))
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) (newfreefun))

 #else

@@ -322,6 +347,8 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 #define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = achar)

 #define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n))
+
+#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h)

 #if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 /* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and
@@ -339,7 +366,6 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 #define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK)					\
  __extension__								\
  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-     __o->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
     (unsigned) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); })

 #define obstack_room(OBSTACK)						\
@@ -347,17 +373,27 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
     (unsigned) (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free); })

+#define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+#define obstack_empty_p(OBSTACK)					\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (__o->chunk->prev == 0 && __o->next_free - __o->chunk->contents == 0); })
+
 #define obstack_grow(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
 __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
   int __len = (length);						\
   if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)			\
     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     {									\
-        bcopy ((char *) (where), __o->next_free, __len);		\
-	__o->next_free += __len;					\
-     }									\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
   (void) 0; })

 #define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
@@ -366,12 +402,9 @@ __extension__								\
   int __len = (length);						\
   if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)			\
     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     {									\
-       bcopy ((char *) (where), __o->next_free, __len);			\
-       __o->next_free += __len;						\
-       *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
-     }									\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
   (void) 0; })

 #define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
@@ -379,8 +412,7 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
   if (__o->next_free + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)				\
     _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1);					\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
   (void) 0; })

 /* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers or ints,
@@ -392,8 +424,7 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));				\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum);			\
+   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum);			\
   (void) 0; })

 #define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
@@ -401,12 +432,11 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum);				\
+   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum);				\
   (void) 0; })

-#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **)(h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr)
-#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *)(h)->next_free)++ = (int)aint)
+#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr)
+#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)

 #define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)					\
 __extension__								\
@@ -414,8 +444,7 @@ __extension__								\
   int __len = (length);						\
   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
   (void) 0; })

 #define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK,length)					\
@@ -442,21 +471,16 @@ __extension__								\
 __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);					\
   void *value;								\
-   if (__o1->alloc_failed)						\
-     value = 0;								\
-   else									\
-     {									\
-       value = (void *) __o1->object_base;				\
-       if (__o1->next_free == value)					\
-         __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					\
-       __o1->next_free							\
-	 = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\
-			 & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask));			\
-       if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk			\
-	   > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)			\
-	 __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				\
-       __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;				\
-      }									\
+   value = (void *) __o1->object_base;					\
+   if (__o1->next_free == value)					\
+     __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					\
+   __o1->next_free							\
+     = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\
+		     & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask));			\
+   if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk				\
+       > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)			\
+     __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				\
+   __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;					\
   value; })

 #define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ)					\
@@ -470,61 +494,63 @@ __extension__								\
 #else /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */

 #define obstack_object_size(h) \
- (unsigned) ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)
+ (unsigned) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)

 #define obstack_room(h)		\
 (unsigned) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free)

+#define obstack_empty_p(h) \
+ ((h)->chunk->prev == 0 && (h)->next_free - (h)->chunk->contents == 0)
+
 /* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0)
   so that we can avoid having void expressions
   in the arms of the conditional expression.
   Casting the third operand to void was tried before,
   but some compilers won't accept it.  */

+#define obstack_make_room(h,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0))
+
 #define obstack_grow(h,where,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (bcopy ((char *) (where), (h)->next_free, (h)->temp),			\
-  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)))
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)

 #define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (bcopy ((char *) (where), (h)->next_free, (h)->temp),			\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp,						\
-  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)))
+  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)

 #define obstack_1grow(h,datum)						\
 ( (((h)->next_free + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)				\
   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0),				\
- ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum))))
+  (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum)))

 #define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)		\
   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (*((char **)(((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *)datum))))
+  (*((char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *) datum)))

 #define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (*((int *)(((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int)datum))))
+  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int) datum)))

-#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **)(h)->next_free)++ = (char *)aptr)
-#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *)(h)->next_free)++ = (int)aint)
+#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (char *) aptr)
+#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)

 #define obstack_blank(h,length)						\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
  (((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free < (h)->temp)			\
   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp)))
+  ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp))

 #define obstack_alloc(h,length)						\
 (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
@@ -536,30 +562,29 @@ __extension__								\
 (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))

 #define obstack_finish(h)  						\
-( (h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					\
+( ((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					\
   ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0)					\
   : 0),								\
  (h)->temp = __PTR_TO_INT ((h)->object_base),				\
  (h)->next_free							\
    = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT ((h)->next_free)+(h)->alignment_mask)	\
 		    & ~ ((h)->alignment_mask)),				\
-  (((h)->next_free - (char *)(h)->chunk					\
-    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *)(h)->chunk)				\
+  (((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk				\
+    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
   ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0),				\
  (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free,					\
-  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp)))
+  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp))

 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 #define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
-( (h)->temp = (char *)(obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
 	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
   : (((obstack_free) ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0), 0)))
 #else
 #define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
-( (h)->temp = (char *)(obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
 	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
@@ -568,4 +593,8 @@ __extension__								\

 #endif /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */

-#endif /* not __OBSTACK_H__ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}	/* C++ */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* obstack.h */
--- a/lib/path-concat.c
+++ b/lib/path-concat.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* path-concat.c -- concatenate two arbitrary pathnames
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,12 +17,21 @@

 /* Written by Jim Meyering.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

+#ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+# define mempcpy(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N)))
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
 char *malloc ();
-char *stpcpy ();

 /* Concatenate two pathname components, DIR and BASE, in newly-allocated
   storage and return the result.  Return 0 if out of memory.  Add a slash
@@ -33,29 +42,28 @@ char *stpcpy ();
   BASE in the returned concatenation.  */

 char *
-path_concat (dir, base, base_in_result)
-     const char *dir;
-     const char *base;
-     char **base_in_result;
+path_concat (const char *dir, const char *base, char **base_in_result)
 {
  char *p;
  char *p_concat;
+  size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+  size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);

-  p_concat = malloc (strlen (dir) + strlen (base) + 2);
+  p_concat = malloc (dir_len + base_len + 2);
  if (!p_concat)
    return 0;

-  p = stpcpy (p_concat, dir);
+  p = mempcpy (p_concat, dir, dir_len);

  if (*(p - 1) == '/' && *base == '/')
    --p;
  else if (*(p - 1) != '/' && *base != '/')
-    p = stpcpy (p, "/");
+    *p++ = '/';

  if (base_in_result)
    *base_in_result = p;

-  stpcpy (p, base);
+  memcpy (p, base, base_len + 1);

  return p_concat;
 }
--- a/lib/path-concat.h
+++ b/lib/path-concat.h
@@ -1,9 +1,15 @@
-#if __STDC__
-# undef __P
-# define __P(args) args
-#else
-# define __P(args) ()
-#endif
+#if ! defined PATH_CONCAT_H_
+# define PATH_CONCAT_H_
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif

 char *
-path_concat __P ((const char *dir, const char *base, char **base_in_result));
+path_concat PARAMS ((const char *dir, const char *base, char **base_in_result));
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/posixtm.c
+++ b/lib/posixtm.c
--- a/lib/posixtm.h
+++ b/lib/posixtm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#ifndef POSIXTM_H_
+# define POSIXTM_H_
+
+/* POSIX Date Syntax flags.  */
+# define PDS_LEADING_YEAR 1
+# define PDS_TRAILING_YEAR 2
+# define PDS_CENTURY 4
+# define PDS_SECONDS 8
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+time_t
+posixtime PARAMS ((const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits));
+
+struct tm *
+posixtm PARAMS ((const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits));
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/posixtm.y
+++ b/lib/posixtm.y
@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-/* Parse dates for touch.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Jim Kingdon and David MacKenzie. */
-%{
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* The following block of alloca-related preprocessor directives is here
-   solely to allow compilation by non GNU-C compilers of the C parser
-   produced from this file by old versions of bison.  Newer versions of
-   bison include a block similar to this one in bison.simple.  */
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
-#include <alloca.h>
-#else
-#ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-#else
-void *alloca ();
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
-   That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
-   to redefine it here.  */
-#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && defined (HAVE_MEMCPY) && !defined (bcopy)
-#define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
-#endif
-
-#define YYDEBUG 1
-
-/* Lexical analyzer's current scan position in the input string. */
-static char *curpos;
-
-/* The return value. */
-static struct tm t;
-
-time_t mktime ();
-
-/* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
-   as well as gratuitiously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
-   yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
-   the variables produced by yacc.  If other parser generators (bison,
-   byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
-   then those parser generators need to be fixed instead of adding those
-   names to this list. */
-
-#define yymaxdepth pt_maxdepth
-#define yyparse pt_parse
-#define yylex   pt_lex
-#define yyerror pt_error
-#define yylval  pt_lval
-#define yychar  pt_char
-#define yydebug pt_debug
-#define yypact  pt_pact
-#define yyr1    pt_r1
-#define yyr2    pt_r2
-#define yydef   pt_def
-#define yychk   pt_chk
-#define yypgo   pt_pgo
-#define yyact   pt_act
-#define yyexca  pt_exca
-#define yyerrflag pt_errflag
-#define yynerrs pt_nerrs
-#define yyps    pt_ps
-#define yypv    pt_pv
-#define yys     pt_s
-#define yy_yys  pt_yys
-#define yystate pt_state
-#define yytmp   pt_tmp
-#define yyv     pt_v
-#define yy_yyv  pt_yyv
-#define yyval   pt_val
-#define yylloc  pt_lloc
-#define yyreds  pt_reds          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yytoks  pt_toks          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yylhs   pt_yylhs
-#define yylen   pt_yylen
-#define yydefred pt_yydefred
-#define yydgoto pt_yydgoto
-#define yysindex pt_yysindex
-#define yyrindex pt_yyrindex
-#define yygindex pt_yygindex
-#define yytable  pt_yytable
-#define yycheck  pt_yycheck
-
-static int yylex ();
-static int yyerror ();
-
-%}
-
-%token DIGIT
-
-%%
-date :
-       digitpair /* month */
-       digitpair /* day */
-       digitpair /* hours */
-       digitpair /* minutes */
-       year
-       seconds {
-	         if ($1 >= 1 && $1 <= 12)
-		   t.tm_mon = $1 - 1;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-		 if ($2 >= 1 && $2 <= 31)
-		   t.tm_mday = $2;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-		 if ($3 >= 0 && $3 <= 23)
-		   t.tm_hour = $3;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-		 if ($4 >= 0 && $4 <= 59)
-		   t.tm_min = $4;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-	       }
-
-year : digitpair {
-                   t.tm_year = $1;
-		   /* Deduce the century based on the year.
-		      See POSIX.2 section 4.63.3.  */
-		   if ($1 <= 68)
-		     t.tm_year += 100;
-		 }
-    | digitpair digitpair {
-                            t.tm_year = $1 * 100 + $2;
-			    if (t.tm_year < 1900) {
-			      YYABORT;
-			    } else
-			      t.tm_year -= 1900;
-			  }
-    | /* empty */ {
-                    time_t now;
-		    struct tm *tmp;
-
-                    /* Use current year.  */
-                    time (&now);
-		    tmp = localtime (&now);
-		    t.tm_year = tmp->tm_year;
-		  }
-    ;
-
-seconds : /* empty */ {
-                        t.tm_sec = 0;
-		      }
-        | '.' digitpair {
-	                  if ($2 >= 0 && $2 <= 61)
-			    t.tm_sec = $2;
-			  else {
-			    YYABORT;
-			  }
-			}
-        ;
-
-digitpair : DIGIT DIGIT {
-                          $$ = $1 * 10 + $2;
-			}
-          ;
-%%
-static int
-yylex ()
-{
-  char ch = *curpos++;
-
-  if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9')
-    {
-      yylval = ch - '0';
-      return DIGIT;
-    }
-  else if (ch == '.' || ch == 0)
-    return ch;
-  else
-    return '?';			/* Cause an error.  */
-}
-
-static int
-yyerror ()
-{
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Parse a POSIX-style date and return it, or (time_t)-1 for an error.  */
-
-time_t
-posixtime (s)
-     char *s;
-{
-  curpos = s;
-  /* Let mktime decide whether it is daylight savings time.  */
-  t.tm_isdst = -1;
-  if (yyparse ())
-    return (time_t)-1;
-  else
-    return mktime (&t);
-}
-
-/* Parse a POSIX-style date and return it, or NULL for an error.  */
-
-struct tm *
-posixtm (s)
-     char *s;
-{
-  if (posixtime (s) == -1)
-    return NULL;
-  return &t;
-}
--- a/lib/putenv.c
+++ b/lib/putenv.c
@@ -1,36 +1,37 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.

-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.

-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #include <errno.h>

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-/* Define-away any (possibly conflicting) prototype of putenv.
-   Many systems omit the `const' attribute on the argument.  */
-#define putenv _sys_putenv
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Don't include stdlib.h because some (e.g., Solaris 2.7) declare putenv
+   with a non-const argument.  That would conflict with the declaration of
+   rpl_putenv below (due to the #define putenv rpl_putenv from config.h).  */
+
+char *malloc ();
+void free ();

-#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
 #if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
@@ -38,8 +39,6 @@ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif

-#undef putenv
-
 #if !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && !defined (HAVE_STRCHR)
 # define strchr index
 #endif
@@ -53,11 +52,14 @@ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 extern char **environ;
 #endif

+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL 0
+#endif
+

 /* Put STRING, which is of the form "NAME=VALUE", in the environment.  */
 int
-putenv (string)
-     const char *string;
+rpl_putenv (const char *string)
 {
  const char *const name_end = strchr (string, '=');
  register size_t size;
--- a/lib/quotearg.c
+++ b/lib/quotearg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
+/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <quotearg.h>
+#include <xalloc.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define ISASCII(c) 1
+#else
+# define ISASCII(c) isascii (c)
+#endif
+#ifdef isgraph
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
+#else
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
+# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+struct quoting_options
+{
+  /* Basic quoting style.  */
+  enum quoting_style style;
+
+  /* Quote the chararacters indicated by this bit vector even if the
+     quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
+  int quote_these_too[((UCHAR_MAX + 1) / INT_BITS
+		       + ((UCHAR_MAX + 1) % INT_BITS != 0))];
+};
+
+/* Names of quoting styles.  */
+char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
+{
+  "literal",
+  "shell",
+  "shell-always",
+  "c",
+  "escape",
+  0
+};
+
+/* Correspondances to quoting style names.  */
+enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
+{
+  literal_quoting_style,
+  shell_quoting_style,
+  shell_always_quoting_style,
+  c_quoting_style,
+  escape_quoting_style
+};
+
+/* The default quoting options.  */
+static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *
+clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options *p
+    = (struct quoting_options *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct quoting_options));
+  *p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style
+get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void
+set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int
+set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
+{
+  unsigned char uc = c;
+  int *p = (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
+  int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
+  int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
+  *p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t
+quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+		 char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+		 struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+  size_t i;
+  size_t len;
+  int quote_mark;
+  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
+  enum quoting_style quoting_style = p->style;
+#define STORE(c) \
+    do \
+      { \
+	if (len < buffersize) \
+	  buffer[len] = (c); \
+	  len++; \
+      } \
+    while (0)
+
+  switch (quoting_style)
+    {
+    case shell_quoting_style:
+      if (! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[0] == '\0' : argsize == 0))
+	{
+	  switch (arg[0])
+	    {
+	    case '#': case '~':
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      len = 0;
+	      for (i = 0; ; i++)
+		{
+		  if (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize)
+		    goto done;
+
+		  c = arg[i];
+
+		  switch (c)
+		    {
+		    case '\t': case '\n': case ' ':
+		    case '!': /* special in csh */
+		    case '"': case '$': case '&': case '\'':
+		    case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
+		    case '<': case '>': case '?': case '[': case '\\':
+		    case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
+		    case '`': case '|':
+		      goto needs_quoting;
+		    }
+
+		  if (p->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS)))
+		    goto needs_quoting;
+
+		  STORE (c);
+		}
+
+	    needs_quoting:;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      /* Fall through.  */
+
+    case shell_always_quoting_style:
+      quote_mark = '\'';
+      break;
+
+    case c_quoting_style:
+      quote_mark = '"';
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      quote_mark = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  len = 0;
+
+  if (quote_mark)
+    STORE (quote_mark);
+
+  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
+    {
+      c = arg[i];
+
+      switch (quoting_style)
+	{
+	case literal_quoting_style:
+	  break;
+
+	case shell_quoting_style:
+	case shell_always_quoting_style:
+	  if (c == '\'')
+	    {
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	      STORE ('\\');
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case c_quoting_style:
+	case escape_quoting_style:
+	  switch (c)
+	    {
+	    case '?': /* Do not generate trigraphs.  */
+	    case '\\': goto store_escape;
+	      /* Not all C compilers know what \a means.  */
+	    case   7 : c = 'a'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\b': c = 'b'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\f': c = 'f'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\n': c = 'n'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\r': c = 'r'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\t': c = 't'; goto store_escape;
+	    case '\v': c = 'v'; goto store_escape;
+
+	    case '"':
+	      if (quoting_style == c_quoting_style)
+		goto store_escape;
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      if (!ISGRAPH (c))
+		{
+		  STORE ('\\');
+		  STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
+		  STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
+		  c = '0' + (c & 7);
+		  goto store_c;
+		}
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (! (p->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
+	    goto store_c;
+
+	store_escape:
+	  STORE ('\\');
+	}
+
+    store_c:
+      STORE (c);
+    }
+
+  if (quote_mark)
+    STORE (quote_mark);
+
+ done:
+  if (len < buffersize)
+    buffer[len] = '\0';
+  return len;
+}
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type `int'
+   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
+static char *
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
+		    struct quoting_options const *options)
+{
+  static unsigned int nslots;
+  static struct slotvec
+    {
+      size_t size;
+      char *val;
+    } *slotvec;
+
+  if (nslots <= n)
+    {
+      int n1 = n + 1;
+      size_t s = n1 * sizeof (struct slotvec);
+      if (! (0 < n1 && n1 == s / sizeof (struct slotvec)))
+	abort ();
+      slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
+      memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof (struct slotvec));
+      nslots = n;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
+    char *val = slotvec[n].val;
+    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+
+    if (size <= qsize)
+      {
+	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
+	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val, size);
+	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+      }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n (unsigned int n, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &default_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
+{
+  struct quoting_options options;
+  options = default_quoting_options;
+  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
+  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, &options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
+}
--- a/lib/quotearg.h
+++ b/lib/quotearg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+/* Basic quoting styles.  */
+enum quoting_style
+  {
+    literal_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=literal */
+    shell_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell */
+    shell_always_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell-always */
+    c_quoting_style,		/* --quoting-style=c */
+    escape_quoting_style	/* --quoting-style=escape */
+  };
+
+/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but
+   this is planned to change to --quoting-style=shell in the future.  */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
+extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
+extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
+
+struct quoting_options;
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
+   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options
+   PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style get_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void set_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o,
+				enum quoting_style s));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+				char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+				struct quoting_options const *o));
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   Use the default quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  */
+char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((unsigned int n, char const *arg));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
+
+/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */
+char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
+char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));
--- a/lib/readtokens.c
+++ b/lib/readtokens.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* readtokens.c  -- Functions for reading tokens from an input stream.
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1991 Jim Meyering.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1991, 1999 Jim Meyering.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -77,11 +77,10 @@ init_tokenbuffer (tokenbuffer)
   and on files that aren't newline-terminated.  */

 long
-readtoken (stream, delim, n_delim, tokenbuffer)
-     FILE *stream;
-     const char *delim;
-     int n_delim;
-     token_buffer *tokenbuffer;
+readtoken (FILE *stream,
+	   const char *delim,
+	   int n_delim,
+	   token_buffer *tokenbuffer)
 {
  char *p;
  int c, i, n;
@@ -164,14 +163,12 @@ readtoken (stream, delim, n_delim, tokenbuffer)
   %%% realloc() of `tokens' just before returning? */

 int
-readtokens (stream, projected_n_tokens, delim, n_delim,
-	    tokens_out, token_lengths)
-     FILE *stream;
-     int projected_n_tokens;
-     const char *delim;
-     int n_delim;
-     char ***tokens_out;
-     long **token_lengths;
+readtokens (FILE *stream,
+	    int projected_n_tokens,
+	    const char *delim,
+	    int n_delim,
+	    char ***tokens_out,
+	    long **token_lengths)
 {
  token_buffer tb, *token = &tb;
  int token_length;
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More